Tag: business development

What are the paths to becoming a consultant

What are the paths to becoming a consultant?

Transcript

Um, because we’ve talked a little bit about, you know, like, the consultative sales approach and things here, I guess I’m what this is a bit of a vague question, but I just kinda wanted to bounce it off of you of, like, what are, like, someone like me or, like, the people in this room, if we wanted to move towards being more and more of a consultant who’s focused more on you paying me for my thinking, for my strategy, that kind of stuff, and less about deliverables and things like that. What are some of those paths, and what do they look like, I guess?

Do you have any guesses or assumptions or thoughts?

I mean, one thing that I’ve sort of thought about is kind of, like, the CRO angle where you kind of are helping them, kind of manage, like, you know, like, coming up with ideas to test, helping prioritize them, helping, so, you know, like, I I get a lot of clients who have issues where it’s kind of just like a cultural problem that the marketing team is aware of that all of their copy and things are just kind of, like, too academic. And they’re like, we wanna be fresher. We wanna, you know, be more conversational and things that tie together with conversion copy even if it’s not necessarily.

But just being able to, like, yeah, like, give companies feedback on, like, here’s here are the opportunities you’re missing on your website. Here are opportunities. I don’t know how that can then turn into, you know, hey. You’re gonna pay me five thousand dollars a month, let’s say, just to have me available on Slack or to hop on calls or to manage priorities.

But that that’s kind of what I that’s about as far as I’ve gotten.

So Yeah.

So I think that’s great, and it definitely depends.

My first thought is you’re gonna need a book.

Get a book out there. I know that might sound like, oh, easier said than done. But, like, okay. But if that’s the path you wanna go down, then everybody I know who’s a consultant for organizations has a book with the exception of Neil Patel, who Airbnb paid him ten, fifteen years ago, twenty thousand dollars for an afternoon.

Every month, he was on retainer, and they would fly him to their San Francisco location for him to consult for three hours with their team. What what was Airbnb from Neil Patel? What are you talking about? I don’t it didn’t even make sense to me at the time, and now it definitely doesn’t.

But he was a thought leader, and people wanted to say he was in there consulting with them on digital marketing.

So thought leadership takes a long time or takes very little time if you make really big swings. A book is a big swing, obviously, but so is having a really dramatic opinion that you just state boldly all the time, all over the place online.

And then that’s that’s one way to get in and get, like, invited in for workshops.

There’s also just starting to add to your website, Andrew, or just to talk about this, copy cheating and workshopping for teams that can start you down the I’ll consult with you path, where if you are an external copy chief coming in to help the team at Fidelity stands out because they’re very recent for us.

They have, you know, hundred people who need to meet with a copywriter.

Obviously, that wouldn’t work. So there has to be some level of group coaching, which then is, like, now you’re an internal group coach slash copy chief. They want copy reviews, etcetera. That is a good path toward consulting, and that could really quickly turn into consulting. So I would just start like, I’d open up a new section on your website that’s like Teams or I don’t know what else you would call it. We don’t put it on our website, and they just, like, find us.

Yeah.

But you’d put it on your website. And that way, they know, oh, wow. I could bring Andrew in house to help my team get better or help me figure out opportunities in my funnel, my on my website, whatever that might be.

Yeah.

Yeah. I know for a fact that people are always looking for someone to come in and teach their team in a more hands on way that includes copy reviews.

Yeah. So, basically, an external copy chief. Yeah. Which isn’t consulting, but it’s a good start.

Struggling with time management and setting boundaries

Struggling with time management and setting boundaries

Transcript

One thing I discovered that that I’m really bad at as I was going through week three is, I’m, like, last, like, a couple years. I’m just, like, really good at, like, winging things.

Okay.

So, like, I think when I look at the time tracking and, like, all the data in the spreadsheets, it’s like, it’s just forcing me to, like, get into uncomfortable. Like, okay. I need to I really need to, like, keep track of my time because I I know I’m losing money.

So, yeah, I use this consequences.

So, like, I guess for, like, in your experience, like, how how does, like is it just best to, like, embrace it and just, like I don’t know. I’m trying to figure out how to, like, work my way into it, where, like, you know, have a more standardized, good way of time tracking myself.

Okay. So I’m hearing you prefer to wing it. It’s just the natural state for you, and it’s worked so far. So there’s a level of, like, I can just keep winging it.

But time tracking is the biggest challenge. Is that right? Or is it just all the systems including time tracking?

Yeah. I think all the systems I’m like, I’m I’m getting better, like, at SOPs and and creating those processes, but, like, I’m very forgiving of myself if I’m like, oh, I’ll spend an extra time on this.

Or, like, being like a I think maybe I’m a slight perfectionist in the sense of, like, writing landing pages. Like, I’m gonna work a little longer on it because I wanna make sure it’s when it’s like, okay. They’re not paying me to work extra time on it.

So those kind of things.

Yeah. I mean, there are lots of things you like, little things that, you can do that people do do and have done surefire way to do this. Right? It is like a matter of practice, like all habit building.

This is a habit.

Refusing to let yourself, waste time.

Do you find that you also allow yourself to spend money as you feel like it?

No. I I’m gonna say I’m pretty disciplined. Yeah.

Okay. Good. So what do you think what are your thoughts on, like why do you feel why do you think you feel disciplined around money?

Because I’ve, like, I’ve always tracked it. And I I guess I’ve I’ve always established that habit. And I think it’s like like, you know, like, for instance, like, my environment, I’m in, like, a very nice environment right now. And so, like, I just started doing this last six months.

So I think, like, learning about myself is, like, putting yourself in the right environment to work. Mhmm. And, like, I’m just like, as an example. But, like, setting up these triggers or in a way where it’s like, okay.

I know I’m gonna do that. And then, like, if something happens where I need to what like, get sick or whatever, then it’s like, I have to figure out, like, how to do that.

Right. Exactly. So I’m just wondering about the thing that you do have discipline around. Can you apply any of the systems and processes that you have there?

So you already feel comfortable there, let’s say. So, for example, if you’re like, I track every month at the end of the month, month, I go through my expenses for the month in a spreadsheet, and I categorize them. I’m thinking of what my husband does. He always wants me to be excited about it.

I’m like, cool. But, like, it’s really like, it’s a safe, good space for him. Do you do anything like that with the things that you’re disciplined with? Do you have a spreadsheet for money, or do you use QuickBooks, or do you, like, meet with your accountant regularly?

What are the mechanisms you have in place for money? Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah. I do I do actually do both. I do have a spreadsheet, and I have QuickBooks. Yeah. So it’s like I can see both. I like spreadsheets just because, it’s more I can just do it myself, and it’s more detailed, I feel like, rather than, like, being in air in QuickBooks maybe.

Yeah. But yeah. Yeah. I think I think also, like, I need to be harder on the clients I work with instead of being, like I think sometimes, like, they’re I’m so used to, like, not them leading, but they are kind of leading where they’re like, hey, Ben.

Maybe they’re asking for more or, like, the call goes over five minutes, or even ten minutes because maybe it could be, like, I’m trying to close or could be whatever the case. And so I’m, like, I’m very, like, laid back in the sense of, like, you know, it’s not a big deal.

Yeah. I get you. Okay. So totally. Couple things there. One, when it comes to your own time tracking, if it is that, just try to use duplicates of existing mechanisms that you already like and reliably use.

So if you use spreadsheets for time tracking or for money tracking, can you do something like that with time tracking? If you are accountable to somebody with money, can you be accountable to somebody with time? If you always enter something in your spreadsheet at the end of the week, can you do, something where at the end of the day, you enter what you did with your time?

And that’s what I used to get people to do at the agency is, like, by in fifteen minute increments, they had to say what they had done with their time of day.

So just keep that in mind. When it comes to clients owning the time, one, if a call goes over and it’s a call where you’re closing, time well spent. So I say let those calls go over.

But a really good way to make sure that you are controlling things with your client is how did you start the call. So really good technique for starting a call, especially, like, that fifteen minute call that can turn into a forty five minute call if you don’t, like like, zoom in on it, is to say, to kind of behave like this meeting got put in your calendar. So a thing you can say as, like, part of that script right out of the gate. Start the call.

Hey. How’s it going? I’ve got this in my calendar for the next ten minutes.

Is that what you’ve got too? Great. Ten minutes I have that we’re gonna talk about this. Is that what you expect to talk about too?

Cool. I’ve got a hard stop at the end of it. Are you okay if we just dive right in? And just, like, dominate right out of the gate, but established.

It’s ten minutes. It’s I’ve got this in my calendar for ten minutes rather than I’ve got ten minutes, which sounds like you don’t have time for them. But, like, this way, it sounds like, no. No.

It’s my calendar. I’m in business. So does that are you doing anything like that yet then?

No. No. I I actually should start doing that. I try to, like, just open with, like, more rapport of, like, find, like, some sort of relatability, like and, like, we you know, I’m I’m a nice guy.

And, like, how how is where do you live? And, like, you know Yeah. And then, like, it’s usually I mean, it’s only a couple of minutes, then I’ll just jump into it. Like, oh, you know, the reason we’re on this call is blah blah blah.

Yeah.

Yeah.

I would just let you know you don’t come off as a not nice guy. So I don’t I wouldn’t go into the call, worry. Like, there’s the show. Right? And you are just showing. I I would say that. Unless you hear otherwise from clients, I don’t think that’s necessarily a thing you have to establish with any great amount of time.

Okay. Okay. So just don’t worry about the small talk so much.

Little small talk, if you know, like if you’re reading that they need it, then that can be good. I know it’s hard to, like, read, but there are some people who depend on it. Obviously, like, old cliche, Germans don’t want any small talk. They’ll get annoyed.

So if their last name is German, just, like, no small talk. But then, like, Southerners are supposed to love that kind of, like, rapport building stuff. I don’t know. Everybody’s different.

So that’s all just, like, cliched stuff. Point is, we know that people behave differently. What I would say is if you’re talking to somebody in business and you’re leading the call, they typically respect that. That you’re saying, my calendar controls my life.

I have this in here for ten minutes. It’s in my calendar for ten. I have that we’re going to talk about this. Does that match what you’re looking for?

Cool. And that’s really it. Right? Then move in. If there’s a reason to get into small talk, trust that, but don’t default to that.

Does that make sense?

Yeah. Yeah. No. That that makes yeah. Like, read the room. Okay.

Yeah. Yeah. Just know, like yeah. Sometimes you just need feedback. Like, I think you’ll be fine just being you leading the call. Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah. No. That makes sense. And I and I’m going back to, like, the time tracking thing. I also think, like, when things are always in the plus in terms of, like, I’m getting calls, I’m doing work, I tend to, like, more relaxed too rather than, like, being more strict with my time.

Yeah.

So you have, like, what does your day look like? Do you always work nine to five? How do you do that?

No. It’s it’s very it’s very very, like because having kids at home and all that and all and I’ll and I’ll take them to school and drop them off. But, but, like, I get up, like, five fifteen.

I’ll start I’ll, like, I usually try to start writing, if it’s an article.

Yeah. And then I’ll, like, sometimes, like, usually try to, like, check my inbox, follow-up with leads on LinkedIn, and then yeah. Yeah. It’s usually like that.

Okay. Okay. I’m just wondering.

And we’ll talk more about this as we go. Right? How to start putting boundaries around your time and, like, the payoff for that. So we’ll get into that. But how are you feeling right now?

No. I’m feeling great. I’m feeling great. I I I like the uncomfortableness of, like, doing something new because I know I need that rather than, like, I’ve already implemented that. It’s like, I’d rather, like, I need to do that. I need to implement it. I need to it’s all there it’s all good things.

I’m just trying to Okay.

It’s like that atomic habits.

You just have to, like Exactly.

Yourself in the right environment, set up great triggers Mhmm. Do all those things.

Yeah. And if you’re at a place where, like, as you were talking, you’re like, I tried to. I tried to. So it sounds like you’re not, like, super specific about how your day has to run, which to me is, like, you’ve identified that there are opportunities in how you use your time.

Cool. You don’t have any existing, like, rigid processes to break or undo. So it feels like, okay. Cool.

This is the beginning of the path forward where you set up your day to always function a certain way where you do have those, the systems around, like, every time I start a ten minute call, this is how it always runs, that sort of stuff. So I think that’s that’s, like, good. It’s it’s appropriate for where you are, and it is, I think, the next step, though, is to start building in those habits so that if you get sick, let’s as you just said, like, you get sick, you can hand the work off to somebody else or trust that your day is set up such that once you’re feeling better, you’re good to get back into it. Yeah. So more to come. More to come.

Okay. Okay. Thank you. Cool.

Cool.

Should I have multiple channels in my agency?

Should I have multiple channels in my agency?

Transcript

I guess my thinking is that maybe I should have two channels within in house marketers and then marketing agencies.

So two channels within in house being, like, project, coordinators or project managers and then marketing managers.

So the marketing managers, I guess, come in kind of at an influential level to influence them to then get their staff to use me. Does that kinda make sense? Yep.

And then, you know, otherwise, it, you know, could be yeah. I’m just not really sure whether I’m on the right thinking path. Is that right or not?

So in try so, we’re actually I think you’ll be fully in Coffee School Pro and out of the intensive by the time this starts.

June, our theme for Coffee School Pro, I think that’s ICP month.

I think Sarah’s looking. I know. So I’ll just move.

Or it’s the following month. And I know it’s like, well, it’s May right now, Joanna. Can we solve this now? Got it.

Totally get it. That’s it.

But what’s important is, like, identifying your ICP versus your, like, persona buyer. So two separate things, right, that we can dig more deeply into.

The person so you can have two personas inside an ICP. The ICP is like the business that’s buying you. The personas are the people at the business who are the buyers.

So in copy school pro, we’ll have you put together a buyer handbook so you know these people really, really well. And so people on your team know these people really, really well, which is so critical. Our team is doing an off-site together tomorrow because we, again, need to refine what what we’re talking about and thinking about with our own ICP and personas. It’s ongoing work is what I’m saying, and you can still be successful even if you haven’t got it nailed down perfectly. So it sounds like PMs and MMs or project managers and marketing managers are in the personas for you underneath property developers who have XRP going on for them.

Yep. That makes sense.

Yeah. I don’t know what marketing agencies are doing in there.

So, a lot of the property developers, go approach a marketing agency to do their whole campaign. Yeah. So my standardized offer is to offer sales landing pages, and then optimize them moving forward.

And I guess one of my biggest concerns so far that I am getting my head around is that why would they come to me as a freelancer for just one portion of it and then go to the marketing agency for the rest of the campaign? So I just thought that might be another avenue for me for income Mhmm. To do projects where their staff can’t do the sales pages. So I come in as an expert.

Okay.

So if you have two audiences, life I’m gonna come up with a rhyme. For this, there’s gotta be a rhyme.

Life gets harder.

Life gets worse. I’ll find a rhyme. It gets harder is what I’m saying. So it’d be it feels like, oh, that’ll make it easier.

What I would say would make it easier is when you put stuff out there for marketing for property developers, Agencies that do marketing for property developers will find it and go, holy shit. I didn’t sales pages. What’s what is she talking about sales pages? Do we have sales pages?

Panic amongst themselves and then start following you, listening to you, asking, like, hey.

We all live in Australia. We live over here. Can you help us, please?

And all of those sorts of things. So I would say focus.

Focus is always going to be the word.

Focus on property developers Okay.

Targeting PMs and MMs, and then let the others find you. But I wouldn’t I wouldn’t worry about agencies.

Category then, rather than three categories. Totally.

Yes. Then you can say, hey, property managers on your, like, Instagram live or property developers or whatever. Yeah. And out of the gate, they know who you’re talking to.

That is so much easier in my head.

I think so. It will be easier.

Take on taken half that page off.

That’s how that works.

Yay. Yes. That’s awesome. If you can keep it down, but there are some cases when people can’t, but I think you easily I easily can hear, I would say. Yeah.

Awesome. Thank you. Yeah.

Cool. Awesome. Thank you. Thanks, everyone.

The Distributable Brand

The Distributable Brand

Transcript

Okay. This is the worksheet that you are working through today.

You’ll see on the front of all of the worksheets. There was a, I think, a problem with a couple of the worksheets that were sent out to you, but going forward, This part down at the bottom will help you understand what to use it for.

We’re going to talk through what not to start with when you’re thinking of your brand and what to start with when you’re thinking of your brand. And again, I have, worked with a lot of freelancers who struggle a good amount with their brand, and it’s really closely tied to your differentiators and to the audience that you want to target, And sometimes that can mean and feel like it’s not as tied to you as you might want it to be, but we’ll talk about that.

This is what people don’t understand about what I or we, if you’re talking about yourself as like an agency or something like that. Strong opinion we’re gonna get into who also openly shares this opinion. If somebody else does, then it’s like, should you go forward with that?

And then basically how you talk when you talk freely. Then a little bit of this, we’re not really going to touch too much on this in the training itself because it’s really straightforward. I mean, everybody here is in a pretty advanced state. So it’s quite simple to fill this stuff in, but this is the kind of thing that when you are working through talking when you’re at the next stage where you’re like, okay. I’m going to hire somebody to develop, like, a mood board for my brand, or I’m gonna put my own mood board for my brand together, then that’s where, you know, colors will come up and the personality is that are similar to your brand or what you want your brand to feel like those will come up too, and that can lead to brand voice guides and all sorts of stuff. So you’ve already seen Justin Blackman’s training on brand voice He has a great approach.

Excuse me. My approach is slightly different.

But it all works together. It’s all just like, catch the things that are helpful to you and use them to move forward not to get stuck. If anything I share today, makes you feel stuck, disregard it unless it’s a good stuck, unless it’s like that that crash that you have to feel like, oh, I can’t figure this out, and that’s actually a productive sort of stuck. And then, really at the end of this, we’re going to want you to write out that brand? Like what is the brand? How does it sound?

And specifically, how does it make you distributable? And that’s really key difference here in thinking through brand, if you are trying to build your authority, and this is true for every new brand that’s out there because brands now spread on social.

Obviously, that’s scalable word-of-mouth when we’re talking about social media. So distribution is a really big part of your brand. Can my brand be distributed?
And that really means when you think about the influencers out there that you want to distribute your brand, these may be wish list, or you may be like, one degree, like, separated from that person that you want to talk about you. So maybe there’s an easy way in.

We have to make it easy for those ideal people to distribute us to their audiences.
So will I easily distribute their distribute you really simple, clean question. And if you can’t answer, yes, not would I, not anything, but will I easily distribute you? And if it’s not a yes, then refine it.

Will Marie Forleo easily distribute you if that’s somebody that you want to. Well, I mean, the list goes on, but Lenny is another great example. A little difficult. It’s actually harder to get to distribute you than even these two are, which is, I think, pretty stunning.

But will these influential people who have access to the Mark you want to tap into easily distribute their distribute you, and there has to be, of course, a reason why there has to be something they’re worth sharing with other people. And the reality is, that if you think why would anybody wanna share my brand, then you’re probably not in a good place with your brand.

But there is this content beast that all the lenny’s and Marie’s and Tim’s of the world and everybody else that you wish would talk about you They are trying to feed this content beast. They are running up against what should I talk about next? Who should I share next? And that’s a really big opening.

Or your brand for anybody’s brand that there is so much need to keep feeding that beast. So you need to distribute other brands. You will need to distribute other brands. If you were to start a podcast, you’d be like, who am I gonna get on my podcast?

You are identifying brands for you to distribute to people that is this audience that you are creating. So podcast host need new and interesting guests. Instagram needs people to talk about stuff three times a day at least. So if I’m a brand, posting, I have to post three different things, and it can’t all be just about me, or it’s just gonna, like, no one’s going to carrots people inviting other brands into their ecosystem.

And YouTube rewards accounts with really great videos that are added a lot.
So knowing that, that’s an opening for you. This isn’t about you to worry about this. This is we need to recognize that brands out there, that influencers need all of this stuff. And you can be the one that they then distribute.
So I think this is kind of bananas.
To meet minimum standards on Instagram, you need to post a thousand times a year, a thousand times. How are you gonna keep coming up with content? This is, again, a huge opportunity for any brand, hear any brand that’s being developed.
Everybody who trying to build something on Instagram is thinking through shit. I have to post a lot.
You can be one or ten or twenty or two hundred of those posts if you are a brand that they want to distribute. So knowing that everyone needs not just content, but engaging content. There are those influencers out there who want to share the most engaging stuff, and that means things that are clickable, of course, which can often, of course, mean people with opinions.
So we’ve got all of these people on the left potential partners, affiliates influencers, as mentioned, hosts of podcasts newsletters, whatever that thing might be, publishers. This is traditional publishers, like book publishers, as well as everybody else who would call themselves a media company or a publisher of some kind. They’re off trying to seek out in all of the crap that’s out there. All the boring brands that have nothing to say that are saying the safest things all the time that have no new perspective, no new opinion, that’s all crap.
They want to avoid that crap and look or the good little bits inside of it. And we need to be those good little bits inside of it that then get ballooned. So When we’re talking about brands, everybody really quickly wants to jump to. How should I sound?
What should I say? Joe, should I talk about myself as I or we?
And I would love to back up because no matter what you do with photo shoots, with your logo, Should my domain be my name or a brand name? None of that matters. The thing that matters first is distribution. So that means identifying who those people are.
You want to share your brand. And that doesn’t just mean influencers. I showed those people because we’re talking about scale about getting out there and getting shared broadly and repeatedly by cool people who have awesome audiences that we want to tap into. But then there’s also the brand that your clients and customers share.
If you’re working on referrals a lot, what makes you distributable by referral across client that you have and three or five people that your client knows. Right? That’s also a matter of distribution.
How do we get people to share our brand and why aren’t they already sharing it? What’s getting in the way? Does Seth Gordon know why?
He should distribute you to his audience that believes strongly in everything that he says and shares.
Does he know, is there a why? Is there a why for him to reach out to you? So we we don’t wanna start with photoshoot, stylist, especially since so many photoshoots are bullshit and you know that when you look at them, right? Where there’s a smiling happy Instagram face, And that’s not even what your brand is necessarily.
And the problem is if you don’t go to a photographer with clear vision of your brand and who you’re going to distribute that to, you will end up with the smiling not true to who you are brand photos. We get those all the time, and I’m like, these are fucking pointless because that’s not who I am. People are gonna think of a smiling I don’t even know what the now would be, but it’s not who I am. And so these stylists come in with that same idea.
Oh, you just want to look friendly or look good or whatever it might be, and that’s gonna end up being stuff you throw out later because nobody gives a shit. Or the wrong people. Give a shit.
A logo. Don’t worry about that yet. A domain, whatever. You can buy another one later. A brand voice guide. That is the last thing to think about when you’re thinking about your brand right now.
We wanna make it an easy no brainer for the right people to talk about you. Now that might sound like Joe, you repeat the same thing. That’s because it will always come back to these things when you haven’t done the hard work of actually figuring out how to get people to talk about you. What’s the opinion you’re going to take that appears to be probably contrarian to what the world thinks. So Wait.
Hold on. Do start with. Where did my little checklist go? Sorry. They should all be check marks. These are all supposed to be check marks. So This is the check mark part of your worksheet.
What is a counter opinion that you can take? Where do you stand on a popular subject in your space? What should you own that you will love and that others will respond to. So we’ve been talking a bit about what you should own, right, when it comes to your red thread and where you’re going to build your authority. And we really need to dig into that counter opinion and what your stand is, where what your soapbox is that you would happily stand on for the rest of your life because once you identify that thing, you will be standing on that soap box for a very long time.
Then there’s the other note of and then lack of check mark is super throwing me. The other note of your attitude when you’re feeling most communicative. So a lot of people in the room, a lot of writers, if you’re watching this replay too, a lot of us feel different at different times, of course, but there’s a strong sense of introversion with a lot of writers and writer types creatives out there. But there are moments when you do feel like more alive let’s say or more, like, energetic and you’re willing to talk and talk and talk and talk and talk about something, kind of tap into what that attitude is when you’re feeling most communicative?
Like, are you do you get really passionate about a certain subject That’s when you’re like, you could talk without anybody ever stopping you. You would just keep going and going and going. You have to also think through that because When your most vocal, you’re going to have to continue to be vocal going forward. That’s how your brand is built.
What can you say and say again and again and again and again passionately in an interesting way to make people curious, to make people listen.
So we wanna be opinionated in a way that comes naturally to you when you’re at your most vocal. Are you at the pub with friends? And someone said some about how Jennifer Aniston treats herself to one potato chip when she’s feeling like snacking. And you, like, lose your mind over this stuff.
That doesn’t mean you’re gonna be opinionated about Jennifer Aniston or potato chips or anything. But really tap into what what do you need to be talking about that makes you feel alive and ready to talk and talk and talk and talk and talk, which is what your job is going to be. So me, for example, I’m naturally very shy, but when I feel like communicating, I can get a little spicy, a little snappy, I roll my eyes pretty hard when I disagree. I can disagree a lot, and that’s true for like everybody in my family.
It’s a very loud family.
I take sides, you know, the strong opinions loosely held idea.
Not often loosely held though, so that can be a problem.
I do not always need to have support of my opinion to stand behind it. I do love to have support of my opinion though, and I can stand behind it better than I can be exaggerated and animated. So it’s like the hard eye rolls and stuff like that. And sometimes I can be a little offensive.
I don’t mean to be. But I know that I can sometimes come off that way, and that’s when I’m activated. That’s when I’m, like, turned on, ready to talk about a thing. And I think it’s good for you to note those things for yourself as well.
Because if it’s if it’s likely that the time that I’m gonna talk the most, the loudest, and in potentially the most interest thing way is when I’m spicy or when I’ve been, like, I disagree with you, then that’s gonna be important as I’m figuring out my brand and how will I talk? I’m not gonna be this quiet smiling Instagram type. You know, I’m not going to. It wouldn’t it wouldn’t make any sense to because if I ever do a podcast, you’d be like, well, that doesn’t even sound like that person.
Completely different. Right? So it’s important for you to think about how you actually activate.
So my take, my opinion that I hold that I go out into the world with, is most of what we’ve been taught about messaging in particular is wrong. Most of what you’ve heard about copywriting is wrong, and I wanna fix that. I will frank I will frequently say things like, no. Don’t do it that way.
Do it this way. And we also see that people respond best when I say no. Don’t do it that way. It this way instead, and that is a good thing for our brand.
So think through that kind of stuff what activates you and how that comes to life. And then the question is do I know how to distribute you? So, obviously, we talk about things like videos, quotes, like there’s or Instagram, you’re putting videos out that are long, that are short, images with quotes on them. You can share photos and memes, obviously links to books, This is easy to distribute.
Right? You can have a book and what makes it so easy to distribute a book is that there is a link to it There’s a title for it. There’s a pre made image for it. That’s the cover of it, and it’s got natural built in authority.
It is easy for me to distribute. I don’t really have to get any buy in from anybody, but that you’re a good person to distribute if there’s a book there. Blog posts, depending. That can also be very easy.
At least it’s it’s physically easy to distribute it, and it’s physically easy to distribute a link to a podcast episode as well. But it’s not just about being easy. Right? That’s will I easily.
The will part is, is it worth it? Is it worth it to distribute use? That’s where we need to be opinion based and divisive with our videos.
Have short and pity videos that make it worth it as well. Like, okay, I can easily distribute you and my audience is going to understand you really quickly and take a side really quickly. Quotes that break with the norm that say something a little bit different, unexpected photos and memes. Maybe a quote image that looks different out of the blue. That’s not on but that better matches your tone, which is again, don’t worry about your brand and what it looks like as much as does it sound right? Does it sound like your opinion.
Books, everyone wants to promote a good book, clever deep blog posts. Those are easy links to share, as I mentioned before, and energetic podcast episode. So it’s not just easy, but is it worth me sharing your brand with the world?
Is it too risky to put you in front of my audience? Is the other question that we have to answer? So that means being consistent.
If I bring you on my podcast, am I what I’m going to get so that I can actually distribute it to my audience, and they’ll be like, cool. Dig it. Love it. That was a and your life for you, I knew it would be amazing because they’re always consistent with what they say. They’re always saying the same thing in the same energetic or bitchy or whatever that adjective might be that will define what your brand sounds like.
Finishing thought, and then we can talk a bit about this.
Tony Robbins. Tony Robbins said this. I am not necessarily a huge Tony Robbins fan. My sister and I had to sit through this horrible Tony Robbins Day. Someone gifted us tickets and we were like, oh my gosh. We were dying.
We didn’t even get to see him. Of course, as everybody who’s been to a twenty Robbins event knows, he, like, doesn’t come on until two in the morning or something. But an important thing is that the Tony Robbins brand is very different from who Tony Robbins says he is behind closed doors. So he says, I made this. Everything you’re seeing is something that he produced. So we’re talking right now about the early stages of figuring out what your brand is and how to make it distributable.
But we’re really working toward a place where potentially what your brand looks like and what you as the face of your brand look like. Are not what you think they are today, that every part of you may actually be constructed as you’re putting your brand together. And that that’s actually not only okay, but that’s kind of the point you are the product that you’re selling. And just like any product needs an interface that looks a certain way. It needs certain packaging.
That’s what we’re going to be putting together, as brands. Does this all make sense? Any questions?
Any thoughts?
No thoughts.
I like the concept, especially with, like, celebrities. When you look at celebrities, there’s this whole you know, what they want you to think on screen, but then you behind the scenes, right, that’s drug use, it’s all this other stuff, and you’re like, there’s the brand and then there’s real. Right?
Yeah. Yeah. This, like, intentionally selected, curated, and, like, watched over brand.
Yeah. That can feel like, well, I don’t have a team, or you can feel inauthentic as well. But I honestly, I don’t think Marie forleo is anything close to the person that she shows herself to be because she’s a bit of a caricature. She’s like an exaggerated version of Marie Forleo.
And that’s the kind of thing that we can either, like, roll our eyes about it or go, like, okay, that’s a really good lesson. That’s so if if these people out there are putting on a brand that’s different, but that makes it distributable. Obviously, Marie Forleo tapped into what a lot of women in business wanted to see how they wanted to feel, and she did that extremely successfully right out of the gate.
And yeah, that’s like a lesson for all of us.
So that’s kinda like your origin story when you think about it. That’s the whole point is really to create your brand ideally around who you’re you’re targeting. Right? So then they they feel like, hey, they get me.
They understand me, but is it is it really you? Yeah. It’s not. It’s your brand.
It’s, like, it’s mind numbing when you think about it. It’s like Yeah.
Wow.
Yeah. Yeah. Absolutely.
And you can think about, like, people who really pull off their brand very well, like, you know, Taylor Swift as a kind of obvious example, where it’s so believable that maybe it really is real.
And that’s okay. And maybe she, like, grew into that Brent, or who knows? Parts of her are there and parts of her, she dials back. She’s not gonna be the same on stage as she is chilling, like, doing her friend’s nails.
I wonder if, you know, like, I know it’s pretty deep, but I wonder because it is about your brand and I know especially with celebrities and stuff. I wonder if there’s people who specialize in that where it’s like, okay, you’re this old, you’re fourteen years old. Here’s your your target audience. This is your brand. And as you get older, you notice the celebrities evolve because their their market is evolving.
Yeah.
It’s interesting.
Yeah. That is. It is.
Wow. But maybe that’s what’s happening. That’s why you see, like, what’s his name, the Canadian goof. Then no one likes him.
Justin Bieber. You know, he turned into this like bangs and then as he got older, he was edgy. Is that what’s happening? It’s crazy.
Yeah.
Yeah. Wow. Interesting.
Never thought of it that way.
Fun.
I know Johnson said, should we craft those facets with a customer in mind the same way we write copy?
It depends who your customer really is.
But I would say when you’re thinking of your brand and how to get that brand out there, a customer isn’t going to distribute you as well necessarily as a more influential person is. So and that person doesn’t have to be person either. It could be brand, x, that wants to put you on stage or whatever it might be.
So I wouldn’t craft with, like, the next ten thousand dollar client in mind, because that’s small, but let’s craft with who do those ten thousand dollar clients listen to. Where do they go to find what they need?
And that’s who that’s that’s who’s gonna distribute you. If they don’t get it, and they don’t distribute you, then you’re constantly working for every client that you get every single time.
And referrals are good. Referals will go a long way, and that can be, you know, solving for that client, but How can you be more distributable than that?
Abby?
Jason, there’s, like, a disadvantage to being kinda, like, a smiley friendly brand because that’s, like, the way I am, but then I do worry sometimes that because I’m quite like giggly and stuff. I’m like, oh, it is it affecting, like, people’s value perception of me? And I think because I I have like a baby face as well, like, don’t worry that people, like, like being smiley friendly, like, is that should I should I, like, change it? I don’t know.
Do you think it is holding you back from being distributed?
I don’t know. Like, I generally don’t know. So I’m asking.
I mean, and I’m not I’m not like boo to smiley happiness.
At all. I’m just not really like what’s funny is when I say that I’m not that my friends my little friend group over in our shine crew. They’re always, like, surprised because they do see me as, like, laughing and smiling a lot. But that’s when I’m not at work when I’m at work to get pretty bitchy about things. Like, I get a little opinionated, pretty quickly on things. And so so there’s different sides of who you are, obviously. Right?
But if you actually are that and you feel good about that, I think that’s wonderful.
You’re you don’t have to, like, have attitude or anything. Just like, do people know what they’re getting with you? Are they getting the same thing with you every time that consistency?
And is it something that I, like, think is interesting enough that I’m going to share it. And obviously, the things that you say are gonna be the most interesting thing, but people will go to your website, see a photo of you, go to your Instagram, see who you are there, and it’s like, so the two parts have to come together.
The opinion that you have and the way that you present yourself.
And they could be like juxtaposed. Right? It could be, like, you’re really happy.
And you come off as very, like, as you said giggly or cheerful or whatever, And then you have like these really sharp cutting opinions, that could be really like an interesting contrast.
Just depends. Right?
Yeah. Right.
But if you don’t feel it’s holding you back and you do see evidence that people distribute, happy brands, which they do, then no need to stop. Just make sure you know that your ideal audience distributes that. Yeah.
Okay. Thank you.
Yeah. Let me bug out.
How much did you say is, value versus, like, say, like, ability Like, yeah.
This person can offer a lot of value to my audience, but, I just don’t like them sort of thing.
That’s tough. What do you think?
I don’t know. I think they’re gonna choose. I just don’t like them. Unless they could show that there’s ROI, they’re gonna make a lot of money, then you can buy a lot of therapy, but it’s Personally. I don’t know.
Yeah. No. I think of of brands that I don’t like, and I would never ever even like when people in my audience mention them. I’m like, I if if I’m like mentioned in the same LinkedIn comment with somebody I find unlikable, then I’m I’m not even gonna, like, like, react well. I won’t react to that post at all because I don’t Yeah. I see.
It’s like that person is not distributable for me. I won’t help them get distributed.
Yeah.
Yeah. I’ve had people steal, like, I know what you mean. Like, you’re, like, there’s so much just, you know, this is not a good person sort of thing.
Not not so much likability, but But just, like, No.
I don’t want you to follow them. They’re gonna say crazy shit. Because I can’t be the one who led you there in any way.
Which but if if you say something really interesting, then, of course, people want to. And then just, like, keep your unlikable stuff to yourself, unless it’s like that’s part of your brand, which the person I’m thinking of, that’s part of his brand. He’d be very happy that people think he’s an asshole.
But I don’t even I don’t even mention him. It’s such an hassle.
Yeah.
Anybody else wanna talk about this, or do you wanna move on?
Other things that are on your mind today or business and money, stuff.
Where you at?
Question time, talk time?
I’ll can I ask a question?
Yeah.
A win. I sorry. I don’t know. It’s not directly a win for money, but I did have an online magazine reach out for feature interview or something like that. So. Nice.
And actually, yeah. I’m always thinking it’s spam. So I given the route back and forth, I was like, oh, okay. That’s anyway.
So Good job.
Nice.
Thanks.
I guess my question is It’s really basic but on all of this.
I’m kind of wondering, okay, so what do I do next? Like what’s my next step? And the only because the only thought I had is you all were talking was when you were saying you’re not smiley or related to that and all that. And I was like, how old my brand? Like me if I had to really sum it up and it was like, okay. If I could have the Bernee Brown stuff, have a baby with Harley Davidson.
That’s what I wanna feel like.
Okay.
I don’t know. And but like in terms of what do I do that’s kind of my question, I guess. I’m I’m struggling to figure that out with real clarity.
Okay. So you want to combine Brenae Brown and Harley Davidson. What does that mean to you? What are you putting together there? What’s the outcome?
Oh, oh, what’s the outcome?
I want a brand where you you feel like they they really genuinely care about the customer like customer first. Right? Bernae Brown. It’s like really being authentic but an empathy and all those things, but then the Harley Davidson part of it is if you look at their copy, it’s often very right to it short.
Like this this. You know, there’s a period between two very quick two word sentences or something, you know. And I like that very direct and to the point kind of feel and then also the the the way they I actually think both brands kind of lift you to this ideal freedom, you know, just in very different ways. Right?
Like Harley is about get on the road. You’re an American like be free. That’s their, you know, it’s like their vibe. But in the same way, I think Renee Brown also is trying to call you to freedom but getting rid of all the crap that we carry, you know, mentally and all the emotion kind of stuff like that.
So I don’t know. Did that answer your question?
I’m not sure what the outcome Exactly.
Yes. Yeah. No. I’m just curious to hear you talk a bit more about it in the hopes that that’ll also help you work through it. Abby, you had a thought I know you just chatted it, but you did because you were gonna come off mute, and now you chatted something over.
No.
I wasn’t gonna come off mute. I was just saying, like, the the grand, pillars as, like, the rubber and then, like, the idealist. It sounds like a merger of the two of those.
Yeah.
Okay.
That’s what I was gonna say. It’s kinda like, in the twelve archetypes, it’s like outlaw and caregiver.
Yeah.
But, yeah, what do you do with it? What, like, I I’m curious about what’s forming in your head when you think about that? How long have you been thinking about that, Jessica?
Yeah, where are you Like, it’s really a question of, like, it’s the first step, right, is figuring this sort of thing out and making sure that there’s, you know, a world out there that will share that brand. And what is the opinion? What’s the what’s the position that you’re taking that’s then supported by a mix of Renee Brown and Harley Davidson or this idealist meets rebel.
Caregiver versus outlaw.
Where are you at?
Well, okay. So the Harley Davidson thing, I’m from Milwaukee. So of course that’s always been a thing and so the marketing branding ended that is just fun to look look at think about, study their copy, look at their photo shoots, all the things they do. But the in terms of the opinions, that’s That’s harder for me. So I I think about things like the seasonal sales you all know. I’ve shared with you that I just think people are looking at it in a short term win when they’re really missing the long term possibilities.
But then also in email, like in e commerce, this heavy reliance on, image graphic graphic heavy and discount heavy offers when they really should be trying some other things not so Afakevy and and discount heavy.
So but I don’t know how those kind of merge into my branding or opinion that’s where I’m still trying to flush that out and figure that out.
Yeah. Yeah. And I don’t think that will necessarily get there right now. Because that’s like a big thing is to figure out your brand and all of it, everything that goes with it. But, I mean, think it’s great that you’re heading there.
And it’s just like, do the work of really figuring out, like, when we even look at the worksheet. Right? If you can write down what let me just go over to it.
Really working through because your thoughts on seasonal, unlike things in e commerce that are just kinda short term, think that’s a good start. Right? But it’s it’s really a question of how do you form that into a strong opinion? Like a single statement that you could say again and again that makes sense to people as soon as they hear it. And I don’t mean like a tagline or value prop or any even just your positioning line necessarily, but just state what that opinion is. Really, it’s what are you picking a fight with really?
Clearly, and, like, just do that on page one. Of the worksheet and then just make sure that, like, nobody else is really saying it that way, or if they are, they’re not as noisy as you are.
So if it’s something someone else is already saying, then it’s not really worth distributing you. Right? Because I probably can just distribute this other person and etcetera, etcetera.
So yeah, I would say that’s like the next step. Document it in repeatable way, and then just like share it in the slack group and see if it resonates. With people, and then just, like, keep refining it until it does.
Okay. Yeah. K. Thank you.
Yeah. Sure.
Anybody else? What else is going on? Katie, do you have a win to share first or are you building on what Jessica said?
I have a unrelated question. Yeah.
My win would be I have booked, last minute VIP day with one of my retainer clients.
Nice.
Thank you for last. So was fun.
Surprise. Nice.
I’m curious, like, When it comes to simplifying complex ideas to make them memorable, like, to make something feel like it’s easily distributable because I feel like my, like, profitable signature offers thing is really big. Like what the the problem that I want to The the thing I have an issue with is people not, like, a lack of alignment in people’s marketing so that their top of funnel content is not attracting the customers that they wanna be putting their high end offers in front of.
And so what that has meant is that I end up talking about a lot of different things. Like, I talk about your lead magnet and I talk about your welcome sequence and your, you know, your sales, like, I talk about all of the things. Yeah. And so I don’t like, lately, I’ve been focusing more on the sales page.
Because that I see that as like the source for, you know, finding that alignment throughout, but yeah, I feel like since my very first hot seat, in the first week of the program, that’s been the the red thread of, like, I have this big thing, but I don’t know how to make it small enough that I can ease, like, that it is that easily distributable idea.
To under so so it’s profitable signature offers.
Where signature offer has been a thing, and then profitable is your way of making it your own?
Or is that is that what you would call, like, your differentiator on the subject of I don’t know because I’m trying to, like, find all these different angles into it.
So, like, one of the things that I talk about is like golden opportunities. So it’s like different ways of adding, you know, upsells or systematizing referrals. So, like, that’s kind of one of the angles that I’ve taken on the signature offer is, like, finding these hidden opportunities to make your existing offers more profitable But ultimately, like, what I really enjoy is you have this one, you know, landmark offer, like, that’s what you’re getting known for, and then helping business owners refine everything else that they’re promoting and selling that they’re attracting an audience that is gonna be a good fit for that offer and then, you know, whatever they have on the back end. So It’s just broad. I mean, all of you said an answer, like, you know, a solution, but I love, like, a direction to look in for.
Yeah.
I think if we can even unpack what’s going on within what could be getting in the way of people really understanding it maybe because for me, Most marketers I talk to, don’t understand what an offer is. They don’t think offer.
People in information marketing think offer. They’re used to that.
Coaches maybe do more and more people who’ve read hundred million dollar offers.
Where that was a very distributable idea of hundred million dollar offers. That’s like a big idea. Like, tell me more, please.
And that’s picking a fight, indirectly picking a fight with your these shitty little nothing offers where you’re making a twenty bucks on something, you know, to a hundred million dollars. So But I wonder if there’s something that will be difficult for the average person who’s trying to figure out what you do when it comes to the word offer, that doesn’t mean that’s true. But I’d be like, let’s maybe think through that. And then profitable signature, profits good. Profitable is a big word. Signature is also a big word.
So it’s like kind of a lot of, you know, cognitive friction there in getting into what profitable signature.
Offers means. I understand all three words separately, but altogether, it’s a little bit trickier. And I would wonder, what are you really picking a fight with?
Do you know what you’re picking a fight with?
Yeah. So my to answer your question as Stacy is, like, I mean, I work with primarily, like coaches and experts who are, you know, were experts and now I’m moving into coach So I I would say, like, offers is just ubiquitous, like, the term using the word offers to describe what you’re selling is fairly ubiquitous, the concept of signature offer. You know, there’s maybe a handful of other terms that people use for it, but, like, that’s also There.
Yeah.
But I wrote about, like, what people don’t understand about we do, making it your oh, may be making your signature offer profitable goes beyond any one sales or launch strategy.
It’s about know, attracting the right audience. Like, and then I have this handful of things that I wanna say it’s about. And I think that’s where I lose the it takes so long to get to what it is.
So you’re saying your audience’s idea of an offer is broken. It’s too small. It’s too narrow. Are you picking a fight with the very concept of offers as far as these experts think.
I guess it’s in the sense that they almost, like, that the offer the concept of a signature offer like exists in a silo when really your signature offer shouldn’t form your full business strategy.
Yeah. Yes. I, do I align the entire funnel? I do Oh, I work like across the full funnel. Yeah. Exactly. And I help people, like, create that alignment from the top to the bottom of their funnel.
Yeah.
I’m wondering why or Shane. Do you have any thoughts on this at this point?
Especially where I given how you work with people just like this.
Yeah. So I think you touched on at the end. It’s a creating alignment. Right? You’re you’re sort of you’re aligning all our messaging towards this this signature offer and everything in between that sort of that leads to that. Correct?
Yeah.
And then it’s deciding, you know, what is what does success mean to them whether it’s more money or more leads or what is what what’s the outcome that they’re looking for, ultimately that the system would achieve. What is it?
More sales and easier launches is what my surveys always always say the same thing. And and then, you know, those sales coming in, like, the offers feeding into each other without having to do the launch every time.
That’s the problem, like, what’s the specific problem that they’re facing with the with the system or what currently is working with them right now?
Fish feeling like every sale is harder is too hard. Like, you know, the launch feels like a grind and or the launches aren’t working.
So working isn’t, like, defined just to break that down a bit more.
Like, if it’s not Leading expectations, making the money.
It’s not they’re not seeing ROI. They’re not it’s so it’s not like setting it up. It’s just it’s not they’re setting it up. They’re using this process. They have this high ticket item, but it’s just not selling. Is that sound about right?
So your solution goes in and and solves that problem, essentially, and then you you and by doing that, you align all of their messaging and all their marketing assets to their their high ticket item, which then helps correct me if I’m wrong, then make more money.
Right? In a sense?
Yeah.
I don’t that sounds good to me. Doesn’t it?
I mean, no. Because it’s too complicated. You know, like, doesn’t it feel like it’s not distributable, simply because it’s too complicated. I don’t know what a profitable signature offer is.
And if I think offer, it sounds like, like you said, Katie, it’s in a silo. An offer is a thing that I put out at this one time. It happens in a launch. So your audience hates launches, increasingly.
They’re stressful. They want an easier way.
To do this. Right? So it’s like it’s packed with tension because I don’t understand the words. And then I don’t know what my outcome is.
Like, I want money. You know, that’s what they that’s why they’re doing launches. That’s why they’re putting courses out there. They want easier access to the money that exists.
In the world for people with courses.
So to have a profitable signature offer, although it’s a really nice series of words, and you could see it beautifully printed in a really nice font.
I just worry that it’s too Nordstrom when it needs to be more Walmart. Like, it’s just a little highfalutin for the average person.
And I don’t mean the average Joe. I mean, the average person who has money to spend on what you’ve got.
It’s a bit up there. You know, it’s it’s not distributable simply because it’s complicated language.
Is it profitable, Joe?
Like, it’s the word, like, the how it’s all strung together, or is it It’s a thing that sounds good when you hear it and then you forget about it.
It’s like I like profit. I like signature. Cool. I wanna have like a signature offer.
But then you walk away. And if you didn’t act on it right away, to me, it feels like It was just it’s just pretty smart for busy people who were trying to make money. Are you public? Better what the fight is?
Like, What am I doing right now? What’s my problem that I have right now as your target audience that is tied like a rich person problem. Right? We wanna solve rich people problems.
So what do I have that’s that?
That you can then express, and maybe it still ends up being called profit signature offers, but it’s it’s help me.
The next I think the hint is the metaphor in the red thread book when she talks about, like, finding your tangible metaphor to Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.
Like, the hidden benefit sort of thing. Like, the where was the ad where it’s there was golfing. Oh, ideally, the CEO was wanting to get on the golf course. So that was the the sales letter focused on that. And then it just are you that angle sort of thing?
Like, are you saying that I guess the messaging is not as broad, you know, like the profitable, yeah, it makes sense, but to tailor that more. Specific to, like, the not just the outcome, but the a layer deeper, like, ultimately why.
You know, I wanna make more money. Why? Well, I wanna spend it with my Yeah.
And it and it’s making more across things. Right? So, Katie, you’re doing like all, like, sales pages right now, but it sounds like as was already mentioned, there’s this entire Stacy mentioned that there’s funnel and the offer happens across it.
But that’s kind of breaking with this so you have to sort of reeducate your audience on offer on all of it because if it spends every thing, and it’s not just focused on this one off campaign or launch, then now I need a new definition maybe for offer and that there’s friction there. So I I won’t understand it. I’m like, how can you make it?
How can you, like, bring it down? What if you had to throw out? What if you just weren’t allowed to use profitable signature offers anymore? It’s taken. You’re being sued for ten million dollars if you use it even one more time. That’s gone. What is it now instead?
Insistent, like maybe that’s more of an angle where you have a repeatable process that they can apply that you’re like secret sauce, you figured it out sort of thing.
How do you make it? Like, what to start?
What to start with? Yeah. Okay. I mean, This is good. I’m gonna run with this. Like, the questions that Joe’s been asking.
I don’t I don’t know now.
I know. I wanna work through this.
What is Walmart ready though? Like, what do you mean by that, Joe? Do you have an example?
I mean, like, it’s a simple word. It’s one syllable. There might be a number involved.
Like a numeral that I something I can see where I’m not actually reading anything. I’m just like looking and I get it.
You know?
Like hundred million offers, where he didn’t even spell out million. It’s just one a dollar sign. Woah, I get it. A hundred Oh, that’s a big number with an m on the end.
Shit. That’s a really big number. I don’t know what offers is, but tell me more about this hundred million thing. And I’m not saying b for Mosey at all.
But also why the shit not? Like, why not? If you could be, then why not go be the hundred million dollar guy.
But, yeah, what’s that, like, thing?
Which is so nebulous. Right? Like, to even say, what’s the thing? But, like, what’s how can you this is gonna sound mean, but how can you really dumb it down? To and in such a way, that it’s a clear flip or obvious opposite to what people think right now.
What does Amy Porterfield think right now about offers? What is she getting wrong right? Now about them, and can you then express that? And does profitable signature signature offers do that. Like, if there is something that she’s getting wrong, is your solution, the solution, and if it is cool, then you know you’re on the right track. Now we need to, like, say it in such a way that it’s low friction and easy to share around with everybody.
Does it is it food for thought there, Katie, for you?
Yeah. Yeah.
Yeah. Interesting.
Reading of, sorry, the, a book on twenty five k sales funnels. That concept? Yeah. That’s what you’re thinking?
I’m think well, yeah, that’s good. Because you know what it is. I mean, it’s just just a small number. Yeah.
It’s gonna One hundred million dollar signature offers or hundred million.
That that sort of idea.
Yeah. It’s just I mean, the the ease with which you can talk about that book.
And I’m not saying make it a book title, obviously.
I feel like it’s more, like, start with why, like, because if I want them to reimagine like all of their business assets, then it has to be like we I get into their brains from the starting point rather than the ending point and then be like, oh, and by the way, if you want this ending point, you’re gonna have to go do all this work. So okay.
So let’s start with what would you say instead of y? So if he said start with y and you were allowed to say start with, what would you say start with?
Like either who or like the buyers, like the actual not the people who are gonna buy your thirty seven dollar SLO offer, but like the people who are gonna buy your ten k offer.
Yeah. And then it’s really just and that’s cool.
Are other people saying it? And they are? And that’s cool. But to me, it sounds like what it’s missing there is the cool part about offers is that they’re tied to revenue growth. Like, when you hear offer, you think, oh, that’s where there’s a buy now button involved. There’s, like, a credit card involved soon.
Versus starting with your customer, which is like, oh gosh. I have to do all the research. Then I have to synthesize it, and then I have to get buy in, and then I have to write the thing, get it approved.
And then we come up with an offer. So you’re saying so I think, yeah, roll with that, start with but can you bring that blank at the end of start with? Can you bring it closer to money or offer? I’m not saying that you have to, but I think it’s a worthwhile exercise in figuring out what it is that you’re saying that people can then distribute.
Okay.
Yeah. And then will you share it with us in Slack or next week?
Yep.
Okay. Awesome. Thanks. Thanks, Katie. Abby. Where are you at?
Hey. Yeah, I have a question.
So, yeah, when I already shared in Slack, I’ve hired six people in the last one.
I didn’t see that you’d hired six people.
I know. It’s not, like, full time, obviously, but I, like, I literally didn’t hire, like, a VA until, like, November last year. So the five to five six people is, like, madness.
Amazing. Well done. Thank you.
My question. So, I’m starting to, like, outpry some of the leads I’ve been bringing in, but I I don’t wanna lose them.
Like, for the time being. So my kind of, like, you can’t afford me offers in a VIP week, but I don’t think that’s working for any more partly because the price is too low, but also because just a week of my time, like, it’s not really up for grabs at the moment and that the same way. So I want to offer I’ve been thinking about offering a consulting package where they get access to me for, like, ninety days. Maybe they get my course, and they’re kind of implementing it with me, like, some copy audits and then, like, voxa access. And I was thinking of pricing it maybe, like, five thousand dollars, like, ninety days.
I just I haven’t done anything like that. So I wanted to get some feedback before I kind of ask my audience for feedback on like the pricing, the packaging, whether, it’s kind of a nice idea in theory, but more hassle than it’s worth in practice, just any thoughts, really.
So it’s the course plus box her access. Is that right?
Unlike copy audits, but like baby ones.
Was the baby copy of it? Yeah.
Well, like, ten, fifteen minutes. Yeah. Which, I mean, I love doing those anyway. They’re, like, my morning warm up.
So Really? Okay. Yeah. Like gets me in the zone.
Oh. That’s my bad move. That’s good. That’s good. Okay. So you’ve got Chorus and then these copy audits. And those are private one on one things where you, like, record a video and send it to them?
Yeah. So for each of the assets in the funnel, the day one evergreen funnel, and then, like, unlimited box access for ninety days, but like unlimited within kind of set. Set my voice.
What makes you think this is a good idea? Why do what’s what’s leading you here?
Because I have people coming to me that just can’t they’re not gonna pay twenty grand for a funnel.
I can’t just do one asset for them because they need a whole funnel. The DIY course, like, it’s not enough because they feel like they want the hand holding. So I wanna offer something in the middle to serve that audience because I am getting, like, the leads coming in from them.
And until I’m getting loads of, like, really the ones that can afford me, like, I I need to bridge that gap somehow. So and I like the idea of it. Like, I I I like the idea of doing self consulting. It seems like it would be fun for me, but yeah.
So Cool. The course is easy enough because it’s already made. It’s like anything that you make on that is profit. Almost, copy audits, five minutes of your day, and you like doing them. Okay. So that’s good. Vauxer access.
You’d have to put a lot of boundaries around that, I would think, because it really quickly feels like it could turn into one hour consults on demand whenever they feel like it.
Mhmm.
Here, I’m gonna throw fifty questions at you in Vauxer and then your Saturday night is spent on that. So this could be cool.
I would just you’d have to really figure out how to control that. And that could be, like, just in tiers. Right? You might just have two tiers. It’s like, hundred minutes of voxer access or unlimited voxer access or something like that so they can at least see and then unlimited’s like a dumb amount of money, versus the hundred minutes. And then they’re like, okay. Well, I paid for the hundred minutes, so I’m going to take my hundred minutes and know more than that.
Or whatever, but that’s, like, hearing you say this. I would say that’s course is easy. You already have it. Copy audits are easy. You like doing them. They energize you, they start your day. That’s cool.
Boxor access, you’d have to figure out how to control it. Some people might be cool, but it only takes, like, Imagine if two just keep filling your inbox. You’d be like, when are these ninety days going to end? Like, I need out of this. Did anybody else have thoughts on this?
I’ve heard somebody speak about how to do boxer and put boundaries around it, but I can’t think of what it is right now, but I’ll try to find it for you, Abby.
Thank you. I mean, what about, like, doing unlimited but within office hours. So it’s like I have set times that they can vox at me because then I could just be like, okay, for like five hours on a Tuesday.
And five hours on, like, a Friday, I’m gonna be, like, on boxer, and I can just I’ve I’ve seen it done successfully if you put a window on particular day of the week and you say unlimited boxer access between these hours on this day, that absolutely can work.
Yeah.
And and I’ve seen people do that also as well with the ben the added benefit if you structure it in a way that helps you uncover problems that your audience wants to solve. It can be a good way to do research for product development and, knowing things to offer. So you you’re kind of getting paid for doing customer research.
Mhmm.
Yeah. So I feel like if I say, like, a hundred minutes, whatever. People are gonna use a hundred minutes. If I say unlimited, then they’ll probably use my fifty minutes. They’ll use less. Right?
Oh, good.
Go ahead.
Yeah. Two two very clear boundaries. I’ve seen done well, and I’ve used at least one of them is the questions they ask can’t be covered in the course. Right? So, like, one morning on that. Right? Like, you’re not gonna refer them back to the course every time that’s their responsibility.
And the second one, which I really like, and I’ve used, is a question that has to be articulated in through seconds or less. Right? So they’re not rambling and figuring out their question on the fly and using your space to figure out what they wanna ask. They’ve already done the thinking, right, and they’ve, yeah, done them, used a mental bandwidth to get to the question that they need answered, then Yep. That usually limits a lot of the excessive three minute splurges of just people even figuring out what they wanna ask.
I love both of those. That’s great. Yeah.
Thank you. Okay. So do you think it’s an okay offer? Like, should I just try it? Like, Yeah.
Try it with, like, limited access.
Right? Like, limited seats, six seats, or whatever you Well, whatever it is that you want to do, obviously, to push people to buy it, all the usual stuff.
Yeah. And then ninety days.
Yeah.
You think that that would normally takes ninety days for people to do this?
I’d say, like, probably more realistically like sixty.
Okay.
Then do it sixty because then if you hit it, you can get out of it faster.
Yeah. And it’s not like people will be like, oh, extra value on that extra ninety days. Sixty days at five thousand and ninety days at five thousand or, like, basically the same. And then at least you’re out of it after sixty days. Yeah.
Okay.
Thank you for the feedback.
Yeah. Cool. Good. Okay. Thanks. Anybody else? We good?
I just have a quick win to share.
Nice. Share your win.
I ended my beta of my software, and which, you know, was at half of the regular subscription price. It was ninety nine a month versus the one ninety nine. So I ended it, went up to the regular price and have, added another thousand in, MRR with half the people it would have taken before.
Nice.
Amazing.
Well done. Very cool.
Awesome. Good. Well, hopefully everybody is having wins out there. If you wanna share them, you can share them now or throw them in the wins channel, obviously. Anytime.
If we’re wrapped up on questions, very cool.
Next Monday. I am on a flight when this happened. So as much as I want, every single Monday to always be honest, was already booked in advance this flight. My team is having an on site in Edmonton. Yay, cold.
And so I’ll be on the flight. Liana Patch will be in. I think we’ve shared that over in Slack. And she’ll be talking about largely about, copywriting techniques around infusing humor. Into your copy. It is her thing, and it’s great that she owns that thing, and it’ll be, I think, cool if everybody see not just the techniques, but also a person who’s committed to owning humor in copywriting, sticking with it and teaching it and, what it looks like to learn that from somebody who’s been practicing it for so long.
Awesome. Yeah. Great. Always over in, Slack, obviously, and Thursday, Shane. Do you wanna give a teaser for what’s coming on Thursday?
Putting you on the spot.
Yeah, so it’s, building your authority site. So I’m gonna It starts with your, ESP, sorry, your value prop on the home page, and then the structure we use, including templates, or suggested templates for each page based off of formula. So we’re gonna, start with, we call it an avatar, but it goes beyond your typical psychographics, demographics, it really focuses on, the core problem and then, your solution to solve that problem, and then we focus on point of different benefits, and, you’ll use that to craft your home page action, and then, I’ll share all the material after that as well. So
including the process from site map, to spit draft and wireframe following Joe’s process all the way to The process we use to convert, we use WordPress, but there’s other options as well that you can use. And, and sort of some tips we’ve learned. And then we also take this same system and we, sell these services to clients as well. So you can apply for your coaching, your service.
And we also use the same framework for Google Ads pages, and we see an average minimum around twelve percent conversion because you’re really focused on solving a specific problem and, and nailing that during the messaging. So That’s overarching idea of how it works.
Love it. Awesome. Yeah. And Shane has you showed that this to me months ago. Like, I think it was in the summer that we first started talking about this. So it’s gonna be really cool to see you walk everyone through it to get.
Yeah. Pretty cool.
Yeah. Alright. Awesome. Thanks, everybody. We will see you well, Thursday is the next one. And then I will be back in two weeks, but obviously on Slack otherwise.
Alright. Have a good week. Thanks, everyone. Bye. Thank you.

Transcript

Okay. This is the worksheet that you are working through today.

You’ll see on the front of all of the worksheets. There was a, I think, a problem with a couple of the worksheets that were sent out to you, but going forward, This part down at the bottom will help you understand what to use it for.

We’re going to talk through what not to start with when you’re thinking of your brand and what to start with when you’re thinking of your brand. And again, I have, worked with a lot of freelancers who struggle a good amount with their brand, and it’s really closely tied to your differentiators and to the audience that you want to target, And sometimes that can mean and feel like it’s not as tied to you as you might want it to be, but we’ll talk about that.

This is what people don’t understand about what I or we, if you’re talking about yourself as like an agency or something like that. Strong opinion we’re gonna get into who also openly shares this opinion. If somebody else does, then it’s like, should you go forward with that?

And then basically how you talk when you talk freely. Then a little bit of this, we’re not really going to touch too much on this in the training itself because it’s really straightforward. I mean, everybody here is in a pretty advanced state. So it’s quite simple to fill this stuff in, but this is the kind of thing that when you are working through talking when you’re at the next stage where you’re like, okay. I’m going to hire somebody to develop, like, a mood board for my brand, or I’m gonna put my own mood board for my brand together, then that’s where, you know, colors will come up and the personality is that are similar to your brand or what you want your brand to feel like those will come up too, and that can lead to brand voice guides and all sorts of stuff. So you’ve already seen Justin Blackman’s training on brand voice He has a great approach.

Excuse me. My approach is slightly different.

But it all works together. It’s all just like, catch the things that are helpful to you and use them to move forward not to get stuck. If anything I share today, makes you feel stuck, disregard it unless it’s a good stuck, unless it’s like that that crash that you have to feel like, oh, I can’t figure this out, and that’s actually a productive sort of stuck. And then, really at the end of this, we’re going to want you to write out that brand? Like what is the brand? How does it sound?

And specifically, how does it make you distributable? And that’s really key difference here in thinking through brand, if you are trying to build your authority, and this is true for every new brand that’s out there because brands now spread on social.

Obviously, that’s scalable word-of-mouth when we’re talking about social media. So distribution is a really big part of your brand. Can my brand be distributed?
And that really means when you think about the influencers out there that you want to distribute your brand, these may be wish list, or you may be like, one degree, like, separated from that person that you want to talk about you. So maybe there’s an easy way in.

We have to make it easy for those ideal people to distribute us to their audiences.
So will I easily distribute their distribute you really simple, clean question. And if you can’t answer, yes, not would I, not anything, but will I easily distribute you? And if it’s not a yes, then refine it.

Will Marie Forleo easily distribute you if that’s somebody that you want to. Well, I mean, the list goes on, but Lenny is another great example. A little difficult. It’s actually harder to get to distribute you than even these two are, which is, I think, pretty stunning.

But will these influential people who have access to the Mark you want to tap into easily distribute their distribute you, and there has to be, of course, a reason why there has to be something they’re worth sharing with other people. And the reality is, that if you think why would anybody wanna share my brand, then you’re probably not in a good place with your brand.

But there is this content beast that all the lenny’s and Marie’s and Tim’s of the world and everybody else that you wish would talk about you They are trying to feed this content beast. They are running up against what should I talk about next? Who should I share next? And that’s a really big opening.

Or your brand for anybody’s brand that there is so much need to keep feeding that beast. So you need to distribute other brands. You will need to distribute other brands. If you were to start a podcast, you’d be like, who am I gonna get on my podcast?

You are identifying brands for you to distribute to people that is this audience that you are creating. So podcast host need new and interesting guests. Instagram needs people to talk about stuff three times a day at least. So if I’m a brand, posting, I have to post three different things, and it can’t all be just about me, or it’s just gonna, like, no one’s going to carrots people inviting other brands into their ecosystem.

And YouTube rewards accounts with really great videos that are added a lot.
So knowing that, that’s an opening for you. This isn’t about you to worry about this. This is we need to recognize that brands out there, that influencers need all of this stuff. And you can be the one that they then distribute.
So I think this is kind of bananas.
To meet minimum standards on Instagram, you need to post a thousand times a year, a thousand times. How are you gonna keep coming up with content? This is, again, a huge opportunity for any brand, hear any brand that’s being developed.
Everybody who trying to build something on Instagram is thinking through shit. I have to post a lot.
You can be one or ten or twenty or two hundred of those posts if you are a brand that they want to distribute. So knowing that everyone needs not just content, but engaging content. There are those influencers out there who want to share the most engaging stuff, and that means things that are clickable, of course, which can often, of course, mean people with opinions.
So we’ve got all of these people on the left potential partners, affiliates influencers, as mentioned, hosts of podcasts newsletters, whatever that thing might be, publishers. This is traditional publishers, like book publishers, as well as everybody else who would call themselves a media company or a publisher of some kind. They’re off trying to seek out in all of the crap that’s out there. All the boring brands that have nothing to say that are saying the safest things all the time that have no new perspective, no new opinion, that’s all crap.
They want to avoid that crap and look or the good little bits inside of it. And we need to be those good little bits inside of it that then get ballooned. So When we’re talking about brands, everybody really quickly wants to jump to. How should I sound?
What should I say? Joe, should I talk about myself as I or we?
And I would love to back up because no matter what you do with photo shoots, with your logo, Should my domain be my name or a brand name? None of that matters. The thing that matters first is distribution. So that means identifying who those people are.
You want to share your brand. And that doesn’t just mean influencers. I showed those people because we’re talking about scale about getting out there and getting shared broadly and repeatedly by cool people who have awesome audiences that we want to tap into. But then there’s also the brand that your clients and customers share.
If you’re working on referrals a lot, what makes you distributable by referral across client that you have and three or five people that your client knows. Right? That’s also a matter of distribution.
How do we get people to share our brand and why aren’t they already sharing it? What’s getting in the way? Does Seth Gordon know why?
He should distribute you to his audience that believes strongly in everything that he says and shares.
Does he know, is there a why? Is there a why for him to reach out to you? So we we don’t wanna start with photoshoot, stylist, especially since so many photoshoots are bullshit and you know that when you look at them, right? Where there’s a smiling happy Instagram face, And that’s not even what your brand is necessarily.
And the problem is if you don’t go to a photographer with clear vision of your brand and who you’re going to distribute that to, you will end up with the smiling not true to who you are brand photos. We get those all the time, and I’m like, these are fucking pointless because that’s not who I am. People are gonna think of a smiling I don’t even know what the now would be, but it’s not who I am. And so these stylists come in with that same idea.
Oh, you just want to look friendly or look good or whatever it might be, and that’s gonna end up being stuff you throw out later because nobody gives a shit. Or the wrong people. Give a shit.
A logo. Don’t worry about that yet. A domain, whatever. You can buy another one later. A brand voice guide. That is the last thing to think about when you’re thinking about your brand right now.
We wanna make it an easy no brainer for the right people to talk about you. Now that might sound like Joe, you repeat the same thing. That’s because it will always come back to these things when you haven’t done the hard work of actually figuring out how to get people to talk about you. What’s the opinion you’re going to take that appears to be probably contrarian to what the world thinks. So Wait.
Hold on. Do start with. Where did my little checklist go? Sorry. They should all be check marks. These are all supposed to be check marks. So This is the check mark part of your worksheet.
What is a counter opinion that you can take? Where do you stand on a popular subject in your space? What should you own that you will love and that others will respond to. So we’ve been talking a bit about what you should own, right, when it comes to your red thread and where you’re going to build your authority. And we really need to dig into that counter opinion and what your stand is, where what your soapbox is that you would happily stand on for the rest of your life because once you identify that thing, you will be standing on that soap box for a very long time.
Then there’s the other note of and then lack of check mark is super throwing me. The other note of your attitude when you’re feeling most communicative. So a lot of people in the room, a lot of writers, if you’re watching this replay too, a lot of us feel different at different times, of course, but there’s a strong sense of introversion with a lot of writers and writer types creatives out there. But there are moments when you do feel like more alive let’s say or more, like, energetic and you’re willing to talk and talk and talk and talk and talk about something, kind of tap into what that attitude is when you’re feeling most communicative?
Like, are you do you get really passionate about a certain subject That’s when you’re like, you could talk without anybody ever stopping you. You would just keep going and going and going. You have to also think through that because When your most vocal, you’re going to have to continue to be vocal going forward. That’s how your brand is built.
What can you say and say again and again and again and again passionately in an interesting way to make people curious, to make people listen.
So we wanna be opinionated in a way that comes naturally to you when you’re at your most vocal. Are you at the pub with friends? And someone said some about how Jennifer Aniston treats herself to one potato chip when she’s feeling like snacking. And you, like, lose your mind over this stuff.
That doesn’t mean you’re gonna be opinionated about Jennifer Aniston or potato chips or anything. But really tap into what what do you need to be talking about that makes you feel alive and ready to talk and talk and talk and talk and talk, which is what your job is going to be. So me, for example, I’m naturally very shy, but when I feel like communicating, I can get a little spicy, a little snappy, I roll my eyes pretty hard when I disagree. I can disagree a lot, and that’s true for like everybody in my family.
It’s a very loud family.
I take sides, you know, the strong opinions loosely held idea.
Not often loosely held though, so that can be a problem.
I do not always need to have support of my opinion to stand behind it. I do love to have support of my opinion though, and I can stand behind it better than I can be exaggerated and animated. So it’s like the hard eye rolls and stuff like that. And sometimes I can be a little offensive.
I don’t mean to be. But I know that I can sometimes come off that way, and that’s when I’m activated. That’s when I’m, like, turned on, ready to talk about a thing. And I think it’s good for you to note those things for yourself as well.
Because if it’s if it’s likely that the time that I’m gonna talk the most, the loudest, and in potentially the most interest thing way is when I’m spicy or when I’ve been, like, I disagree with you, then that’s gonna be important as I’m figuring out my brand and how will I talk? I’m not gonna be this quiet smiling Instagram type. You know, I’m not going to. It wouldn’t it wouldn’t make any sense to because if I ever do a podcast, you’d be like, well, that doesn’t even sound like that person.
Completely different. Right? So it’s important for you to think about how you actually activate.
So my take, my opinion that I hold that I go out into the world with, is most of what we’ve been taught about messaging in particular is wrong. Most of what you’ve heard about copywriting is wrong, and I wanna fix that. I will frank I will frequently say things like, no. Don’t do it that way.
Do it this way. And we also see that people respond best when I say no. Don’t do it that way. It this way instead, and that is a good thing for our brand.
So think through that kind of stuff what activates you and how that comes to life. And then the question is do I know how to distribute you? So, obviously, we talk about things like videos, quotes, like there’s or Instagram, you’re putting videos out that are long, that are short, images with quotes on them. You can share photos and memes, obviously links to books, This is easy to distribute.
Right? You can have a book and what makes it so easy to distribute a book is that there is a link to it There’s a title for it. There’s a pre made image for it. That’s the cover of it, and it’s got natural built in authority.
It is easy for me to distribute. I don’t really have to get any buy in from anybody, but that you’re a good person to distribute if there’s a book there. Blog posts, depending. That can also be very easy.
At least it’s it’s physically easy to distribute it, and it’s physically easy to distribute a link to a podcast episode as well. But it’s not just about being easy. Right? That’s will I easily.
The will part is, is it worth it? Is it worth it to distribute use? That’s where we need to be opinion based and divisive with our videos.
Have short and pity videos that make it worth it as well. Like, okay, I can easily distribute you and my audience is going to understand you really quickly and take a side really quickly. Quotes that break with the norm that say something a little bit different, unexpected photos and memes. Maybe a quote image that looks different out of the blue. That’s not on but that better matches your tone, which is again, don’t worry about your brand and what it looks like as much as does it sound right? Does it sound like your opinion.
Books, everyone wants to promote a good book, clever deep blog posts. Those are easy links to share, as I mentioned before, and energetic podcast episode. So it’s not just easy, but is it worth me sharing your brand with the world?
Is it too risky to put you in front of my audience? Is the other question that we have to answer? So that means being consistent.
If I bring you on my podcast, am I what I’m going to get so that I can actually distribute it to my audience, and they’ll be like, cool. Dig it. Love it. That was a and your life for you, I knew it would be amazing because they’re always consistent with what they say. They’re always saying the same thing in the same energetic or bitchy or whatever that adjective might be that will define what your brand sounds like.
Finishing thought, and then we can talk a bit about this.
Tony Robbins. Tony Robbins said this. I am not necessarily a huge Tony Robbins fan. My sister and I had to sit through this horrible Tony Robbins Day. Someone gifted us tickets and we were like, oh my gosh. We were dying.
We didn’t even get to see him. Of course, as everybody who’s been to a twenty Robbins event knows, he, like, doesn’t come on until two in the morning or something. But an important thing is that the Tony Robbins brand is very different from who Tony Robbins says he is behind closed doors. So he says, I made this. Everything you’re seeing is something that he produced. So we’re talking right now about the early stages of figuring out what your brand is and how to make it distributable.
But we’re really working toward a place where potentially what your brand looks like and what you as the face of your brand look like. Are not what you think they are today, that every part of you may actually be constructed as you’re putting your brand together. And that that’s actually not only okay, but that’s kind of the point you are the product that you’re selling. And just like any product needs an interface that looks a certain way. It needs certain packaging.
That’s what we’re going to be putting together, as brands. Does this all make sense? Any questions?
Any thoughts?
No thoughts.
I like the concept, especially with, like, celebrities. When you look at celebrities, there’s this whole you know, what they want you to think on screen, but then you behind the scenes, right, that’s drug use, it’s all this other stuff, and you’re like, there’s the brand and then there’s real. Right?
Yeah. Yeah. This, like, intentionally selected, curated, and, like, watched over brand.
Yeah. That can feel like, well, I don’t have a team, or you can feel inauthentic as well. But I honestly, I don’t think Marie forleo is anything close to the person that she shows herself to be because she’s a bit of a caricature. She’s like an exaggerated version of Marie Forleo.
And that’s the kind of thing that we can either, like, roll our eyes about it or go, like, okay, that’s a really good lesson. That’s so if if these people out there are putting on a brand that’s different, but that makes it distributable. Obviously, Marie Forleo tapped into what a lot of women in business wanted to see how they wanted to feel, and she did that extremely successfully right out of the gate.
And yeah, that’s like a lesson for all of us.
So that’s kinda like your origin story when you think about it. That’s the whole point is really to create your brand ideally around who you’re you’re targeting. Right? So then they they feel like, hey, they get me.
They understand me, but is it is it really you? Yeah. It’s not. It’s your brand.
It’s, like, it’s mind numbing when you think about it. It’s like Yeah.
Wow.
Yeah. Yeah. Absolutely.
And you can think about, like, people who really pull off their brand very well, like, you know, Taylor Swift as a kind of obvious example, where it’s so believable that maybe it really is real.
And that’s okay. And maybe she, like, grew into that Brent, or who knows? Parts of her are there and parts of her, she dials back. She’s not gonna be the same on stage as she is chilling, like, doing her friend’s nails.
I wonder if, you know, like, I know it’s pretty deep, but I wonder because it is about your brand and I know especially with celebrities and stuff. I wonder if there’s people who specialize in that where it’s like, okay, you’re this old, you’re fourteen years old. Here’s your your target audience. This is your brand. And as you get older, you notice the celebrities evolve because their their market is evolving.
Yeah.
It’s interesting.
Yeah. That is. It is.
Wow. But maybe that’s what’s happening. That’s why you see, like, what’s his name, the Canadian goof. Then no one likes him.
Justin Bieber. You know, he turned into this like bangs and then as he got older, he was edgy. Is that what’s happening? It’s crazy.
Yeah.
Yeah. Wow. Interesting.
Never thought of it that way.
Fun.
I know Johnson said, should we craft those facets with a customer in mind the same way we write copy?
It depends who your customer really is.
But I would say when you’re thinking of your brand and how to get that brand out there, a customer isn’t going to distribute you as well necessarily as a more influential person is. So and that person doesn’t have to be person either. It could be brand, x, that wants to put you on stage or whatever it might be.
So I wouldn’t craft with, like, the next ten thousand dollar client in mind, because that’s small, but let’s craft with who do those ten thousand dollar clients listen to. Where do they go to find what they need?
And that’s who that’s that’s who’s gonna distribute you. If they don’t get it, and they don’t distribute you, then you’re constantly working for every client that you get every single time.
And referrals are good. Referals will go a long way, and that can be, you know, solving for that client, but How can you be more distributable than that?
Abby?
Jason, there’s, like, a disadvantage to being kinda, like, a smiley friendly brand because that’s, like, the way I am, but then I do worry sometimes that because I’m quite like giggly and stuff. I’m like, oh, it is it affecting, like, people’s value perception of me? And I think because I I have like a baby face as well, like, don’t worry that people, like, like being smiley friendly, like, is that should I should I, like, change it? I don’t know.
Do you think it is holding you back from being distributed?
I don’t know. Like, I generally don’t know. So I’m asking.
I mean, and I’m not I’m not like boo to smiley happiness.
At all. I’m just not really like what’s funny is when I say that I’m not that my friends my little friend group over in our shine crew. They’re always, like, surprised because they do see me as, like, laughing and smiling a lot. But that’s when I’m not at work when I’m at work to get pretty bitchy about things. Like, I get a little opinionated, pretty quickly on things. And so so there’s different sides of who you are, obviously. Right?
But if you actually are that and you feel good about that, I think that’s wonderful.
You’re you don’t have to, like, have attitude or anything. Just like, do people know what they’re getting with you? Are they getting the same thing with you every time that consistency?
And is it something that I, like, think is interesting enough that I’m going to share it. And obviously, the things that you say are gonna be the most interesting thing, but people will go to your website, see a photo of you, go to your Instagram, see who you are there, and it’s like, so the two parts have to come together.
The opinion that you have and the way that you present yourself.
And they could be like juxtaposed. Right? It could be, like, you’re really happy.
And you come off as very, like, as you said giggly or cheerful or whatever, And then you have like these really sharp cutting opinions, that could be really like an interesting contrast.
Just depends. Right?
Yeah. Right.
But if you don’t feel it’s holding you back and you do see evidence that people distribute, happy brands, which they do, then no need to stop. Just make sure you know that your ideal audience distributes that. Yeah.
Okay. Thank you.
Yeah. Let me bug out.
How much did you say is, value versus, like, say, like, ability Like, yeah.
This person can offer a lot of value to my audience, but, I just don’t like them sort of thing.
That’s tough. What do you think?
I don’t know. I think they’re gonna choose. I just don’t like them. Unless they could show that there’s ROI, they’re gonna make a lot of money, then you can buy a lot of therapy, but it’s Personally. I don’t know.
Yeah. No. I think of of brands that I don’t like, and I would never ever even like when people in my audience mention them. I’m like, I if if I’m like mentioned in the same LinkedIn comment with somebody I find unlikable, then I’m I’m not even gonna, like, like, react well. I won’t react to that post at all because I don’t Yeah. I see.
It’s like that person is not distributable for me. I won’t help them get distributed.
Yeah.
Yeah. I’ve had people steal, like, I know what you mean. Like, you’re, like, there’s so much just, you know, this is not a good person sort of thing.
Not not so much likability, but But just, like, No.
I don’t want you to follow them. They’re gonna say crazy shit. Because I can’t be the one who led you there in any way.
Which but if if you say something really interesting, then, of course, people want to. And then just, like, keep your unlikable stuff to yourself, unless it’s like that’s part of your brand, which the person I’m thinking of, that’s part of his brand. He’d be very happy that people think he’s an asshole.
But I don’t even I don’t even mention him. It’s such an hassle.
Yeah.
Anybody else wanna talk about this, or do you wanna move on?
Other things that are on your mind today or business and money, stuff.
Where you at?
Question time, talk time?
I’ll can I ask a question?
Yeah.
A win. I sorry. I don’t know. It’s not directly a win for money, but I did have an online magazine reach out for feature interview or something like that. So. Nice.
And actually, yeah. I’m always thinking it’s spam. So I given the route back and forth, I was like, oh, okay. That’s anyway.
So Good job.
Nice.
Thanks.
I guess my question is It’s really basic but on all of this.
I’m kind of wondering, okay, so what do I do next? Like what’s my next step? And the only because the only thought I had is you all were talking was when you were saying you’re not smiley or related to that and all that. And I was like, how old my brand? Like me if I had to really sum it up and it was like, okay. If I could have the Bernee Brown stuff, have a baby with Harley Davidson.
That’s what I wanna feel like.
Okay.
I don’t know. And but like in terms of what do I do that’s kind of my question, I guess. I’m I’m struggling to figure that out with real clarity.
Okay. So you want to combine Brenae Brown and Harley Davidson. What does that mean to you? What are you putting together there? What’s the outcome?
Oh, oh, what’s the outcome?
I want a brand where you you feel like they they really genuinely care about the customer like customer first. Right? Bernae Brown. It’s like really being authentic but an empathy and all those things, but then the Harley Davidson part of it is if you look at their copy, it’s often very right to it short.
Like this this. You know, there’s a period between two very quick two word sentences or something, you know. And I like that very direct and to the point kind of feel and then also the the the way they I actually think both brands kind of lift you to this ideal freedom, you know, just in very different ways. Right?
Like Harley is about get on the road. You’re an American like be free. That’s their, you know, it’s like their vibe. But in the same way, I think Renee Brown also is trying to call you to freedom but getting rid of all the crap that we carry, you know, mentally and all the emotion kind of stuff like that.
So I don’t know. Did that answer your question?
I’m not sure what the outcome Exactly.
Yes. Yeah. No. I’m just curious to hear you talk a bit more about it in the hopes that that’ll also help you work through it. Abby, you had a thought I know you just chatted it, but you did because you were gonna come off mute, and now you chatted something over.
No.
I wasn’t gonna come off mute. I was just saying, like, the the grand, pillars as, like, the rubber and then, like, the idealist. It sounds like a merger of the two of those.
Yeah.
Okay.
That’s what I was gonna say. It’s kinda like, in the twelve archetypes, it’s like outlaw and caregiver.
Yeah.
But, yeah, what do you do with it? What, like, I I’m curious about what’s forming in your head when you think about that? How long have you been thinking about that, Jessica?
Yeah, where are you Like, it’s really a question of, like, it’s the first step, right, is figuring this sort of thing out and making sure that there’s, you know, a world out there that will share that brand. And what is the opinion? What’s the what’s the position that you’re taking that’s then supported by a mix of Renee Brown and Harley Davidson or this idealist meets rebel.
Caregiver versus outlaw.
Where are you at?
Well, okay. So the Harley Davidson thing, I’m from Milwaukee. So of course that’s always been a thing and so the marketing branding ended that is just fun to look look at think about, study their copy, look at their photo shoots, all the things they do. But the in terms of the opinions, that’s That’s harder for me. So I I think about things like the seasonal sales you all know. I’ve shared with you that I just think people are looking at it in a short term win when they’re really missing the long term possibilities.
But then also in email, like in e commerce, this heavy reliance on, image graphic graphic heavy and discount heavy offers when they really should be trying some other things not so Afakevy and and discount heavy.
So but I don’t know how those kind of merge into my branding or opinion that’s where I’m still trying to flush that out and figure that out.
Yeah. Yeah. And I don’t think that will necessarily get there right now. Because that’s like a big thing is to figure out your brand and all of it, everything that goes with it. But, I mean, think it’s great that you’re heading there.
And it’s just like, do the work of really figuring out, like, when we even look at the worksheet. Right? If you can write down what let me just go over to it.
Really working through because your thoughts on seasonal, unlike things in e commerce that are just kinda short term, think that’s a good start. Right? But it’s it’s really a question of how do you form that into a strong opinion? Like a single statement that you could say again and again that makes sense to people as soon as they hear it. And I don’t mean like a tagline or value prop or any even just your positioning line necessarily, but just state what that opinion is. Really, it’s what are you picking a fight with really?
Clearly, and, like, just do that on page one. Of the worksheet and then just make sure that, like, nobody else is really saying it that way, or if they are, they’re not as noisy as you are.
So if it’s something someone else is already saying, then it’s not really worth distributing you. Right? Because I probably can just distribute this other person and etcetera, etcetera.
So yeah, I would say that’s like the next step. Document it in repeatable way, and then just like share it in the slack group and see if it resonates. With people, and then just, like, keep refining it until it does.
Okay. Yeah. K. Thank you.
Yeah. Sure.
Anybody else? What else is going on? Katie, do you have a win to share first or are you building on what Jessica said?
I have a unrelated question. Yeah.
My win would be I have booked, last minute VIP day with one of my retainer clients.
Nice.
Thank you for last. So was fun.
Surprise. Nice.
I’m curious, like, When it comes to simplifying complex ideas to make them memorable, like, to make something feel like it’s easily distributable because I feel like my, like, profitable signature offers thing is really big. Like what the the problem that I want to The the thing I have an issue with is people not, like, a lack of alignment in people’s marketing so that their top of funnel content is not attracting the customers that they wanna be putting their high end offers in front of.
And so what that has meant is that I end up talking about a lot of different things. Like, I talk about your lead magnet and I talk about your welcome sequence and your, you know, your sales, like, I talk about all of the things. Yeah. And so I don’t like, lately, I’ve been focusing more on the sales page.
Because that I see that as like the source for, you know, finding that alignment throughout, but yeah, I feel like since my very first hot seat, in the first week of the program, that’s been the the red thread of, like, I have this big thing, but I don’t know how to make it small enough that I can ease, like, that it is that easily distributable idea.
To under so so it’s profitable signature offers.
Where signature offer has been a thing, and then profitable is your way of making it your own?
Or is that is that what you would call, like, your differentiator on the subject of I don’t know because I’m trying to, like, find all these different angles into it.
So, like, one of the things that I talk about is like golden opportunities. So it’s like different ways of adding, you know, upsells or systematizing referrals. So, like, that’s kind of one of the angles that I’ve taken on the signature offer is, like, finding these hidden opportunities to make your existing offers more profitable But ultimately, like, what I really enjoy is you have this one, you know, landmark offer, like, that’s what you’re getting known for, and then helping business owners refine everything else that they’re promoting and selling that they’re attracting an audience that is gonna be a good fit for that offer and then, you know, whatever they have on the back end. So It’s just broad. I mean, all of you said an answer, like, you know, a solution, but I love, like, a direction to look in for.
Yeah.
I think if we can even unpack what’s going on within what could be getting in the way of people really understanding it maybe because for me, Most marketers I talk to, don’t understand what an offer is. They don’t think offer.
People in information marketing think offer. They’re used to that.
Coaches maybe do more and more people who’ve read hundred million dollar offers.
Where that was a very distributable idea of hundred million dollar offers. That’s like a big idea. Like, tell me more, please.
And that’s picking a fight, indirectly picking a fight with your these shitty little nothing offers where you’re making a twenty bucks on something, you know, to a hundred million dollars. So But I wonder if there’s something that will be difficult for the average person who’s trying to figure out what you do when it comes to the word offer, that doesn’t mean that’s true. But I’d be like, let’s maybe think through that. And then profitable signature, profits good. Profitable is a big word. Signature is also a big word.
So it’s like kind of a lot of, you know, cognitive friction there in getting into what profitable signature.
Offers means. I understand all three words separately, but altogether, it’s a little bit trickier. And I would wonder, what are you really picking a fight with?
Do you know what you’re picking a fight with?
Yeah. So my to answer your question as Stacy is, like, I mean, I work with primarily, like coaches and experts who are, you know, were experts and now I’m moving into coach So I I would say, like, offers is just ubiquitous, like, the term using the word offers to describe what you’re selling is fairly ubiquitous, the concept of signature offer. You know, there’s maybe a handful of other terms that people use for it, but, like, that’s also There.
Yeah.
But I wrote about, like, what people don’t understand about we do, making it your oh, may be making your signature offer profitable goes beyond any one sales or launch strategy.
It’s about know, attracting the right audience. Like, and then I have this handful of things that I wanna say it’s about. And I think that’s where I lose the it takes so long to get to what it is.
So you’re saying your audience’s idea of an offer is broken. It’s too small. It’s too narrow. Are you picking a fight with the very concept of offers as far as these experts think.
I guess it’s in the sense that they almost, like, that the offer the concept of a signature offer like exists in a silo when really your signature offer shouldn’t form your full business strategy.
Yeah. Yes. I, do I align the entire funnel? I do Oh, I work like across the full funnel. Yeah. Exactly. And I help people, like, create that alignment from the top to the bottom of their funnel.
Yeah.
I’m wondering why or Shane. Do you have any thoughts on this at this point?
Especially where I given how you work with people just like this.
Yeah. So I think you touched on at the end. It’s a creating alignment. Right? You’re you’re sort of you’re aligning all our messaging towards this this signature offer and everything in between that sort of that leads to that. Correct?
Yeah.
And then it’s deciding, you know, what is what does success mean to them whether it’s more money or more leads or what is what what’s the outcome that they’re looking for, ultimately that the system would achieve. What is it?
More sales and easier launches is what my surveys always always say the same thing. And and then, you know, those sales coming in, like, the offers feeding into each other without having to do the launch every time.
That’s the problem, like, what’s the specific problem that they’re facing with the with the system or what currently is working with them right now?
Fish feeling like every sale is harder is too hard. Like, you know, the launch feels like a grind and or the launches aren’t working.
So working isn’t, like, defined just to break that down a bit more.
Like, if it’s not Leading expectations, making the money.
It’s not they’re not seeing ROI. They’re not it’s so it’s not like setting it up. It’s just it’s not they’re setting it up. They’re using this process. They have this high ticket item, but it’s just not selling. Is that sound about right?
So your solution goes in and and solves that problem, essentially, and then you you and by doing that, you align all of their messaging and all their marketing assets to their their high ticket item, which then helps correct me if I’m wrong, then make more money.
Right? In a sense?
Yeah.
I don’t that sounds good to me. Doesn’t it?
I mean, no. Because it’s too complicated. You know, like, doesn’t it feel like it’s not distributable, simply because it’s too complicated. I don’t know what a profitable signature offer is.
And if I think offer, it sounds like, like you said, Katie, it’s in a silo. An offer is a thing that I put out at this one time. It happens in a launch. So your audience hates launches, increasingly.
They’re stressful. They want an easier way.
To do this. Right? So it’s like it’s packed with tension because I don’t understand the words. And then I don’t know what my outcome is.
Like, I want money. You know, that’s what they that’s why they’re doing launches. That’s why they’re putting courses out there. They want easier access to the money that exists.
In the world for people with courses.
So to have a profitable signature offer, although it’s a really nice series of words, and you could see it beautifully printed in a really nice font.
I just worry that it’s too Nordstrom when it needs to be more Walmart. Like, it’s just a little highfalutin for the average person.
And I don’t mean the average Joe. I mean, the average person who has money to spend on what you’ve got.
It’s a bit up there. You know, it’s it’s not distributable simply because it’s complicated language.
Is it profitable, Joe?
Like, it’s the word, like, the how it’s all strung together, or is it It’s a thing that sounds good when you hear it and then you forget about it.
It’s like I like profit. I like signature. Cool. I wanna have like a signature offer.
But then you walk away. And if you didn’t act on it right away, to me, it feels like It was just it’s just pretty smart for busy people who were trying to make money. Are you public? Better what the fight is?
Like, What am I doing right now? What’s my problem that I have right now as your target audience that is tied like a rich person problem. Right? We wanna solve rich people problems.
So what do I have that’s that?
That you can then express, and maybe it still ends up being called profit signature offers, but it’s it’s help me.
The next I think the hint is the metaphor in the red thread book when she talks about, like, finding your tangible metaphor to Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.
Like, the hidden benefit sort of thing. Like, the where was the ad where it’s there was golfing. Oh, ideally, the CEO was wanting to get on the golf course. So that was the the sales letter focused on that. And then it just are you that angle sort of thing?
Like, are you saying that I guess the messaging is not as broad, you know, like the profitable, yeah, it makes sense, but to tailor that more. Specific to, like, the not just the outcome, but the a layer deeper, like, ultimately why.
You know, I wanna make more money. Why? Well, I wanna spend it with my Yeah.
And it and it’s making more across things. Right? So, Katie, you’re doing like all, like, sales pages right now, but it sounds like as was already mentioned, there’s this entire Stacy mentioned that there’s funnel and the offer happens across it.
But that’s kind of breaking with this so you have to sort of reeducate your audience on offer on all of it because if it spends every thing, and it’s not just focused on this one off campaign or launch, then now I need a new definition maybe for offer and that there’s friction there. So I I won’t understand it. I’m like, how can you make it?
How can you, like, bring it down? What if you had to throw out? What if you just weren’t allowed to use profitable signature offers anymore? It’s taken. You’re being sued for ten million dollars if you use it even one more time. That’s gone. What is it now instead?
Insistent, like maybe that’s more of an angle where you have a repeatable process that they can apply that you’re like secret sauce, you figured it out sort of thing.
How do you make it? Like, what to start?
What to start with? Yeah. Okay. I mean, This is good. I’m gonna run with this. Like, the questions that Joe’s been asking.
I don’t I don’t know now.
I know. I wanna work through this.
What is Walmart ready though? Like, what do you mean by that, Joe? Do you have an example?
I mean, like, it’s a simple word. It’s one syllable. There might be a number involved.
Like a numeral that I something I can see where I’m not actually reading anything. I’m just like looking and I get it.
You know?
Like hundred million offers, where he didn’t even spell out million. It’s just one a dollar sign. Woah, I get it. A hundred Oh, that’s a big number with an m on the end.
Shit. That’s a really big number. I don’t know what offers is, but tell me more about this hundred million thing. And I’m not saying b for Mosey at all.
But also why the shit not? Like, why not? If you could be, then why not go be the hundred million dollar guy.
But, yeah, what’s that, like, thing?
Which is so nebulous. Right? Like, to even say, what’s the thing? But, like, what’s how can you this is gonna sound mean, but how can you really dumb it down? To and in such a way, that it’s a clear flip or obvious opposite to what people think right now.
What does Amy Porterfield think right now about offers? What is she getting wrong right? Now about them, and can you then express that? And does profitable signature signature offers do that. Like, if there is something that she’s getting wrong, is your solution, the solution, and if it is cool, then you know you’re on the right track. Now we need to, like, say it in such a way that it’s low friction and easy to share around with everybody.
Does it is it food for thought there, Katie, for you?
Yeah. Yeah.
Yeah. Interesting.
Reading of, sorry, the, a book on twenty five k sales funnels. That concept? Yeah. That’s what you’re thinking?
I’m think well, yeah, that’s good. Because you know what it is. I mean, it’s just just a small number. Yeah.
It’s gonna One hundred million dollar signature offers or hundred million.
That that sort of idea.
Yeah. It’s just I mean, the the ease with which you can talk about that book.
And I’m not saying make it a book title, obviously.
I feel like it’s more, like, start with why, like, because if I want them to reimagine like all of their business assets, then it has to be like we I get into their brains from the starting point rather than the ending point and then be like, oh, and by the way, if you want this ending point, you’re gonna have to go do all this work. So okay.
So let’s start with what would you say instead of y? So if he said start with y and you were allowed to say start with, what would you say start with?
Like either who or like the buyers, like the actual not the people who are gonna buy your thirty seven dollar SLO offer, but like the people who are gonna buy your ten k offer.
Yeah. And then it’s really just and that’s cool.
Are other people saying it? And they are? And that’s cool. But to me, it sounds like what it’s missing there is the cool part about offers is that they’re tied to revenue growth. Like, when you hear offer, you think, oh, that’s where there’s a buy now button involved. There’s, like, a credit card involved soon.
Versus starting with your customer, which is like, oh gosh. I have to do all the research. Then I have to synthesize it, and then I have to get buy in, and then I have to write the thing, get it approved.
And then we come up with an offer. So you’re saying so I think, yeah, roll with that, start with but can you bring that blank at the end of start with? Can you bring it closer to money or offer? I’m not saying that you have to, but I think it’s a worthwhile exercise in figuring out what it is that you’re saying that people can then distribute.
Okay.
Yeah. And then will you share it with us in Slack or next week?
Yep.
Okay. Awesome. Thanks. Thanks, Katie. Abby. Where are you at?
Hey. Yeah, I have a question.
So, yeah, when I already shared in Slack, I’ve hired six people in the last one.
I didn’t see that you’d hired six people.
I know. It’s not, like, full time, obviously, but I, like, I literally didn’t hire, like, a VA until, like, November last year. So the five to five six people is, like, madness.
Amazing. Well done. Thank you.
My question. So, I’m starting to, like, outpry some of the leads I’ve been bringing in, but I I don’t wanna lose them.
Like, for the time being. So my kind of, like, you can’t afford me offers in a VIP week, but I don’t think that’s working for any more partly because the price is too low, but also because just a week of my time, like, it’s not really up for grabs at the moment and that the same way. So I want to offer I’ve been thinking about offering a consulting package where they get access to me for, like, ninety days. Maybe they get my course, and they’re kind of implementing it with me, like, some copy audits and then, like, voxa access. And I was thinking of pricing it maybe, like, five thousand dollars, like, ninety days.
I just I haven’t done anything like that. So I wanted to get some feedback before I kind of ask my audience for feedback on like the pricing, the packaging, whether, it’s kind of a nice idea in theory, but more hassle than it’s worth in practice, just any thoughts, really.
So it’s the course plus box her access. Is that right?
Unlike copy audits, but like baby ones.
Was the baby copy of it? Yeah.
Well, like, ten, fifteen minutes. Yeah. Which, I mean, I love doing those anyway. They’re, like, my morning warm up.
So Really? Okay. Yeah. Like gets me in the zone.
Oh. That’s my bad move. That’s good. That’s good. Okay. So you’ve got Chorus and then these copy audits. And those are private one on one things where you, like, record a video and send it to them?
Yeah. So for each of the assets in the funnel, the day one evergreen funnel, and then, like, unlimited box access for ninety days, but like unlimited within kind of set. Set my voice.
What makes you think this is a good idea? Why do what’s what’s leading you here?
Because I have people coming to me that just can’t they’re not gonna pay twenty grand for a funnel.
I can’t just do one asset for them because they need a whole funnel. The DIY course, like, it’s not enough because they feel like they want the hand holding. So I wanna offer something in the middle to serve that audience because I am getting, like, the leads coming in from them.
And until I’m getting loads of, like, really the ones that can afford me, like, I I need to bridge that gap somehow. So and I like the idea of it. Like, I I I like the idea of doing self consulting. It seems like it would be fun for me, but yeah.
So Cool. The course is easy enough because it’s already made. It’s like anything that you make on that is profit. Almost, copy audits, five minutes of your day, and you like doing them. Okay. So that’s good. Vauxer access.
You’d have to put a lot of boundaries around that, I would think, because it really quickly feels like it could turn into one hour consults on demand whenever they feel like it.
Mhmm.
Here, I’m gonna throw fifty questions at you in Vauxer and then your Saturday night is spent on that. So this could be cool.
I would just you’d have to really figure out how to control that. And that could be, like, just in tiers. Right? You might just have two tiers. It’s like, hundred minutes of voxer access or unlimited voxer access or something like that so they can at least see and then unlimited’s like a dumb amount of money, versus the hundred minutes. And then they’re like, okay. Well, I paid for the hundred minutes, so I’m going to take my hundred minutes and know more than that.
Or whatever, but that’s, like, hearing you say this. I would say that’s course is easy. You already have it. Copy audits are easy. You like doing them. They energize you, they start your day. That’s cool.
Boxor access, you’d have to figure out how to control it. Some people might be cool, but it only takes, like, Imagine if two just keep filling your inbox. You’d be like, when are these ninety days going to end? Like, I need out of this. Did anybody else have thoughts on this?
I’ve heard somebody speak about how to do boxer and put boundaries around it, but I can’t think of what it is right now, but I’ll try to find it for you, Abby.
Thank you. I mean, what about, like, doing unlimited but within office hours. So it’s like I have set times that they can vox at me because then I could just be like, okay, for like five hours on a Tuesday.
And five hours on, like, a Friday, I’m gonna be, like, on boxer, and I can just I’ve I’ve seen it done successfully if you put a window on particular day of the week and you say unlimited boxer access between these hours on this day, that absolutely can work.
Yeah.
And and I’ve seen people do that also as well with the ben the added benefit if you structure it in a way that helps you uncover problems that your audience wants to solve. It can be a good way to do research for product development and, knowing things to offer. So you you’re kind of getting paid for doing customer research.
Mhmm.
Yeah. So I feel like if I say, like, a hundred minutes, whatever. People are gonna use a hundred minutes. If I say unlimited, then they’ll probably use my fifty minutes. They’ll use less. Right?
Oh, good.
Go ahead.
Yeah. Two two very clear boundaries. I’ve seen done well, and I’ve used at least one of them is the questions they ask can’t be covered in the course. Right? So, like, one morning on that. Right? Like, you’re not gonna refer them back to the course every time that’s their responsibility.
And the second one, which I really like, and I’ve used, is a question that has to be articulated in through seconds or less. Right? So they’re not rambling and figuring out their question on the fly and using your space to figure out what they wanna ask. They’ve already done the thinking, right, and they’ve, yeah, done them, used a mental bandwidth to get to the question that they need answered, then Yep. That usually limits a lot of the excessive three minute splurges of just people even figuring out what they wanna ask.
I love both of those. That’s great. Yeah.
Thank you. Okay. So do you think it’s an okay offer? Like, should I just try it? Like, Yeah.
Try it with, like, limited access.
Right? Like, limited seats, six seats, or whatever you Well, whatever it is that you want to do, obviously, to push people to buy it, all the usual stuff.
Yeah. And then ninety days.
Yeah.
You think that that would normally takes ninety days for people to do this?
I’d say, like, probably more realistically like sixty.
Okay.
Then do it sixty because then if you hit it, you can get out of it faster.
Yeah. And it’s not like people will be like, oh, extra value on that extra ninety days. Sixty days at five thousand and ninety days at five thousand or, like, basically the same. And then at least you’re out of it after sixty days. Yeah.
Okay.
Thank you for the feedback.
Yeah. Cool. Good. Okay. Thanks. Anybody else? We good?
I just have a quick win to share.
Nice. Share your win.
I ended my beta of my software, and which, you know, was at half of the regular subscription price. It was ninety nine a month versus the one ninety nine. So I ended it, went up to the regular price and have, added another thousand in, MRR with half the people it would have taken before.
Nice.
Amazing.
Well done. Very cool.
Awesome. Good. Well, hopefully everybody is having wins out there. If you wanna share them, you can share them now or throw them in the wins channel, obviously. Anytime.
If we’re wrapped up on questions, very cool.
Next Monday. I am on a flight when this happened. So as much as I want, every single Monday to always be honest, was already booked in advance this flight. My team is having an on site in Edmonton. Yay, cold.
And so I’ll be on the flight. Liana Patch will be in. I think we’ve shared that over in Slack. And she’ll be talking about largely about, copywriting techniques around infusing humor. Into your copy. It is her thing, and it’s great that she owns that thing, and it’ll be, I think, cool if everybody see not just the techniques, but also a person who’s committed to owning humor in copywriting, sticking with it and teaching it and, what it looks like to learn that from somebody who’s been practicing it for so long.
Awesome. Yeah. Great. Always over in, Slack, obviously, and Thursday, Shane. Do you wanna give a teaser for what’s coming on Thursday?
Putting you on the spot.
Yeah, so it’s, building your authority site. So I’m gonna It starts with your, ESP, sorry, your value prop on the home page, and then the structure we use, including templates, or suggested templates for each page based off of formula. So we’re gonna, start with, we call it an avatar, but it goes beyond your typical psychographics, demographics, it really focuses on, the core problem and then, your solution to solve that problem, and then we focus on point of different benefits, and, you’ll use that to craft your home page action, and then, I’ll share all the material after that as well. So
including the process from site map, to spit draft and wireframe following Joe’s process all the way to The process we use to convert, we use WordPress, but there’s other options as well that you can use. And, and sort of some tips we’ve learned. And then we also take this same system and we, sell these services to clients as well. So you can apply for your coaching, your service.
And we also use the same framework for Google Ads pages, and we see an average minimum around twelve percent conversion because you’re really focused on solving a specific problem and, and nailing that during the messaging. So That’s overarching idea of how it works.
Love it. Awesome. Yeah. And Shane has you showed that this to me months ago. Like, I think it was in the summer that we first started talking about this. So it’s gonna be really cool to see you walk everyone through it to get.
Yeah. Pretty cool.
Yeah. Alright. Awesome. Thanks, everybody. We will see you well, Thursday is the next one. And then I will be back in two weeks, but obviously on Slack otherwise.
Alright. Have a good week. Thanks, everyone. Bye. Thank you.

Elect Your Decision Committee

Elect Your Decision Committee

Transcript

Good to see your faces, where you’re showing your faces. Jessica, I’m looking at you even though I can’t look at you, Jessica. On her on her hat. Oh, that’s right. That’s right. Forgiven.

Okay. So welcome walking, she says. Perfect. Good work.

Okay. So, today, as usual, for Coffee School Pro, we’re kicking it off with a lesson.

Twenty minutes, let’s say, might be ish.

Might be ish.

And then we’ll get into the ask me anything slash q and a time where as per use, you must share a win first, and then we can get into your question. Alright?

Cool beans. So today, I wanted to share with you something that so I go to a lot of, like, wellness retreats.

I find that I come back much better as a human after I do these things, and so they’re becoming more and more frequent. It’s like, it’s almost weekly at this point. It’s not, but that would be amazing.

But at the so one of the things that comes up is this idea of you’ve got this, like, board of decision makers in your head, and you didn’t consciously elect them. They all just exist in your head, and they make all these decisions for you.

Even though you would never let them make a decision for you in real life, but there they are making all these of these of these wellness resort, wellness retreat discussions is the concept of a decision committee. So I wanted to share this with you today where the objective my objective in sharing it is, I have said again and again that mindset is more important than anything, when you are trying to build your business. Then there’s other stuff, but mindset’s always gonna be important. But when you’re trying to get started, there are a lot of things you have to, like, push against and push through. So, mindset goes a long way there.

So I’m going to share mindset training today, not usually my jam, but so useful. I have found so useful for myself, that I really don’t want to keep it from you. Take what you will as always from this, but I do strongly believe that if you can apply what’s in today’s training, it will help you through a lot of the really difficult stuff around, should I even be doing this? Is this the right approach for me? Maybe Joe was wrong about that. Maybe so and so was wrong about that. I couldn’t possibly be able to achieve x, y, or z.

All of the crap that keeps you from making progress.

So, this is this is designed at least to help you get through the crap.

It is called electing your decision committee.

So hold on. Where did my go into play mode go? Present full screen. Okay. So you should see it in full. You also have a copy of this worksheet yourself.

We’re all very aware that voices make up all of like, that there are voices in our head. You’re just not supposed to talk back to them is what I understand.

Not allowed at least. No? Just me? Okay.

So, again, this is getting down to consciously choosing who gets to make your decisions and who doesn’t. There are a lot of times in our lives when we have very important voices in our head that are there to keep us safe.

And those ones are important, and we don’t want them to go away. But they might get in the way of some important decisions you have to make as a business owner. So this is for your business. This is a question of whether your dad gets to have a say in your business, whether that favorite prop of yours gets to have a say in your business, whether the person who kept you from, God forbid, almost drowning in a pool, who saved your life when you were a kid, and they became this, like, person to you who is a protector.

Do they get to have a say in your business decisions? So, we all have this board in our head. It’s filled with hundreds of people, and some of them sneak into your decision committee whenever they feel like it. And that’s typically not going to be that helpful unless they’re consciously chosen.

So that’s what we wanna do. So here’s an example of if you think of, like, a boardroom and you think of people around it, you’re at the center of the table. Now in a boardroom, I know we don’t sit on the table. And in this visual, you’re basically sitting on the table, but you’re at the table.

Right? So if you have this challenge, let’s say and this is an example. I’m gonna walk us through it so it’s, like, clear.

You’re in the middle there. You say, okay. So Joe is teaching us about this authoritative offer idea in the intensive freelancing and carrying that through Coffee School Pro.

It’s a nice idea.

I like it, but, like, should I really change my whole offer right now? It feels like my whole business might in turn change. So you have this moment, and you’re trying to come to a decision.

Who gets to have a say in that decision?

So I’ve got some people here who might be, you know, who might be on my board. Dad, my dad during my teen years who thought I was a disaster for some reason.

So he’s very different from dad the rest of the time. But dad has two board seats here. Like, he gets to say a lot of things in my decision committee. He didn’t get elected. He’s not an entrepreneur. He was very protective, very unlikely to want me to make risky decisions.

My business bestie might have a very different way of coaching me through a decision that creative writing professor, doctor Hollings had, that I looked up to and thought was so amazing and very attractive while we’re on the subject of doctor Hollings that he could have something else to say. Like, Joe, I thought you were gonna be a novelist. Right? And he’s like, well, hold on. Hold on. That’s not it right now.

A bro marketer, someone you’re suddenly following on Instagram who is, like, putting on a big show and makes you feel maybe like, oh, damn. I’m never gonna get there. Or you’re right. I don’t work out thirty times a day, so I probably can’t also run a business.

Or your best friend who’s always broke but who loves you so much. These people, if they sit on your decision committee, you are basically alone in making of that decision still. You are going to be balancing a whole bunch of crap. None of it is that useful.

Your business bestie might come through or dad ninety nine percent of the time might come through, but really up against a bunch of other people who don’t have a say in your business and yet somehow they do. So we want to get rid of the wrong choices and elect consciously the right choices. Now this may feel like not a scientific exercise because it’s not. This is about you just being like you as business owner, looking for the right voices to help you make a call.

So here’s what I want to call us to do today. For the next ten ish minutes, I want you to elect your own decision making committee nominees.

They go here on these lines, so you get about three of them, and then you choose one.

For these are going to be the people that you let help you make a call. Now you don’t have to actually call them up. You can, but you don’t have to. It’s really when you’re sitting there and you’re thinking, should I do this thing next?

Should I charge twenty thousand dollars? Joe said ten. Should I charge twenty thousand for this thing? I feel like it might be a twenty thousand dollar gig.

Who do you let in and who doesn’t get a say in what you do? So you’ve got ten minutes.

Does it first, is this clear to everybody? I think it’s clear. Right? Cool. So write in some of your nominees.

Who should go there under your trusted family members? Your ideal client should probably have a seat on your decision committee. Someone from finance should have a seat on your decision committee. An admired business contact definitely should. An existing client, so existing versus ideal because you will naturally have tension between both when you’re kind of trying to come up with the, right solution. And then someone dependent or a team member. So if you have a team member, it’s likely that one of them should sit on your decision committee.

If you have children, they likely will, or a spouse, they likely will sit on there. You can’t help it. You make decisions with that person for your business. They’re going to have a say.

They need to sit on your decision committee. How are they different from trusted family? This could be, again, like my dad. Trusted family member, not a dependent, not a team member, but someone I wanna have on my decision committee if I did if I did want to.

I don’t think my dad would make it on here, frankly, but someone else might. My nana, a protector type person who also thinks the best of you, that sort of thing. That’s for me. Whoever it is for you, that’s for you.

Okay? So we’re gonna do that for about nine minutes now, and then we’ll come back on at twenty after the hour. Cool beans?

Cool beans. Alright.

That is time.

Excellent. Does everybody have a decision committee?

Yeah? How do you feel about it?

Decent?

Okay. Okay.

Alright. Cool.

Okay. So if the idea here is that you intentionally elect a maximum of six board members for your decision committee. It should look a lot like this. Right?

You should put their names on here and actually say, like, so and so and put them in each of their seats. And then when it comes time to make a decision, use the worksheet. Print off a bunch of them and actively write in what your decision is that you’re trying to make and then what each of those board members would say. So that can be a really useful exercise.

I’ve got my own decision committee. Again, this is just for business. You’ll have different board members for different things. But for your business, do you have people sitting there?

Oh, yes, Jessica. That’s a really good point. I too need to fill my finance role. So it can be a useful exercise to see who doesn’t exist in those roles and where you have to go out and look for somebody.

I have an accountant. I have a bookkeeper.

I have multiple lawyers, but none of them sit there. My husband is the CFO, but I still don’t have anybody who I would put on my business finance, decision, like, decision money for that that finance role. So I think it’s a good thing to know, like, who if I don’t have that, then I probably don’t have that person helping me make decisions. So anyone you couldn’t fill in is, like, start going out, might be a time to buy a book on that subject or start following different people on Instagram, LinkedIn, whatever that could help you that could be the right voice in your head for that missing seat. That’s a great point, Jessica. Yes. Thank you.

Okay. So this is what we wanna do. This is a useful exercise. Thank you, Jessica.

And when it comes to actually making that call so the problem the problem with six people sitting around a table talking about your problem is, well, which one gets to say, though, which one really helps me make the final decision.

So if you use RACI, we talk about day c in ten x f c, which is decision making as well.

But RACI is a little different because instead of having driver, and approver, which is good for copywriting projects and, you know, other creative projects. Instead, we have responsible and accountable. And then these are also different too. Informed is the same, but this is contributor for the DAISY, and this is consulted for this for RACY. Again, a different way to make a decision. So what you can do here is you can then take those board members and say thank you all for all of your contributions to my decision.

Who is responsible and who is accountable? These are the two that should have the greatest say in the final decision. So if you’re gonna make a really hard financial call, chances are good that you’d wanna make, your finance person from your decision committee, put them on this line. It might be your client. It might be someone else, but, you wanna make sure that the right people are helping you make the right call. So, for example, if you are Elon Musk and your decision to make is to buy Twitter or ruin your leg or avoid ruining your legacy, responsible, you are responsible. The accountable person is someone who is, like, an existing customer, let’s say.

In this case, Elon Musk consulted himself, as his own admired business leader and his mom. And then the informed people were probably those who should have sat up on accountable instead and been more than just consulted, and then he might have made a better call. So you can have all the right people on your board, but you have to put them in the right spots for decision making. That’s what we wanna do.

Make copies of this. I recommend you do at least or have this if you just wrote it down as a work, like, in your workbook, or a notebook, just keep that present. Keep it visible. If you just do this one time and then walk away from it, it’s not gonna really help you get ahead.

So how can you start integrating this decision committee into your decision making process?

Andrew says That’s awesome, Abby. Andrew says, does this have to be one person from each group? I want my board to be mostly admired business contacts.

Feel free to. I would say no more than six people who are there to help you make decisions. Six is already a lot, but it’s kinda standard for most committees in life, four to six people depending on what you’re trying to do, of course.

So whatever you feel like, but just make sure, that you’ve got a good mix of people so that you can end up making a call that will stick. If it’s all, like, Warren Buffett and, like, all these great names, you’ll always be driven to a certain kind of call, and you might lose, like sometimes the reason I have a trusted family here is, there’s a lot of value in having a low or a risk averse person in the room, not always, and they don’t get to make the call. But because you are making so many decisions as a, as a solopreneur, as somebody who’s, like, running your own business, you have to make all these decisions alone.

You do need this help. It can be good also to have somebody in there who’s, like, tempering your ambition. If you find that you are really, like, do everything, go everywhere, make sure you’ve got finance in there. I would say don’t let finance off your decision committee.

And if you’ve identified that gap, make sure they’re there because you’re gonna have a lot of big business names going, yes. Do it. Do it. Take out that loan or whatever it might be, and it could be the perfect call.

You might wanna do that. But just make sure you consult with finance before you make that call. Cool.

Alright.

Did anybody find this a useful exercise?

Do you see how you might use it in life, in your business decision making? I find it so useful.

So hopefully okay. So Andrew said, immediately you see who is not on the list. Yeah. Exactly.

Who didn’t make the call? You thank them. They can help you make make other decisions in life, just not these ones. Yeah.

Love it. Cool.

Transcript

Good to see your faces, where you’re showing your faces. Jessica, I’m looking at you even though I can’t look at you, Jessica. On her on her hat. Oh, that’s right. That’s right. Forgiven.

Okay. So welcome walking, she says. Perfect. Good work.

Okay. So, today, as usual, for Coffee School Pro, we’re kicking it off with a lesson.

Twenty minutes, let’s say, might be ish.

Might be ish.

And then we’ll get into the ask me anything slash q and a time where as per use, you must share a win first, and then we can get into your question. Alright?

Cool beans. So today, I wanted to share with you something that so I go to a lot of, like, wellness retreats.

I find that I come back much better as a human after I do these things, and so they’re becoming more and more frequent. It’s like, it’s almost weekly at this point. It’s not, but that would be amazing.

But at the so one of the things that comes up is this idea of you’ve got this, like, board of decision makers in your head, and you didn’t consciously elect them. They all just exist in your head, and they make all these decisions for you.

Even though you would never let them make a decision for you in real life, but there they are making all these of these of these wellness resort, wellness retreat discussions is the concept of a decision committee. So I wanted to share this with you today where the objective my objective in sharing it is, I have said again and again that mindset is more important than anything, when you are trying to build your business. Then there’s other stuff, but mindset’s always gonna be important. But when you’re trying to get started, there are a lot of things you have to, like, push against and push through. So, mindset goes a long way there.

So I’m going to share mindset training today, not usually my jam, but so useful. I have found so useful for myself, that I really don’t want to keep it from you. Take what you will as always from this, but I do strongly believe that if you can apply what’s in today’s training, it will help you through a lot of the really difficult stuff around, should I even be doing this? Is this the right approach for me? Maybe Joe was wrong about that. Maybe so and so was wrong about that. I couldn’t possibly be able to achieve x, y, or z.

All of the crap that keeps you from making progress.

So, this is this is designed at least to help you get through the crap.

It is called electing your decision committee.

So hold on. Where did my go into play mode go? Present full screen. Okay. So you should see it in full. You also have a copy of this worksheet yourself.

We’re all very aware that voices make up all of like, that there are voices in our head. You’re just not supposed to talk back to them is what I understand.

Not allowed at least. No? Just me? Okay.

So, again, this is getting down to consciously choosing who gets to make your decisions and who doesn’t. There are a lot of times in our lives when we have very important voices in our head that are there to keep us safe.

And those ones are important, and we don’t want them to go away. But they might get in the way of some important decisions you have to make as a business owner. So this is for your business. This is a question of whether your dad gets to have a say in your business, whether that favorite prop of yours gets to have a say in your business, whether the person who kept you from, God forbid, almost drowning in a pool, who saved your life when you were a kid, and they became this, like, person to you who is a protector.

Do they get to have a say in your business decisions? So, we all have this board in our head. It’s filled with hundreds of people, and some of them sneak into your decision committee whenever they feel like it. And that’s typically not going to be that helpful unless they’re consciously chosen.

So that’s what we wanna do. So here’s an example of if you think of, like, a boardroom and you think of people around it, you’re at the center of the table. Now in a boardroom, I know we don’t sit on the table. And in this visual, you’re basically sitting on the table, but you’re at the table.

Right? So if you have this challenge, let’s say and this is an example. I’m gonna walk us through it so it’s, like, clear.

You’re in the middle there. You say, okay. So Joe is teaching us about this authoritative offer idea in the intensive freelancing and carrying that through Coffee School Pro.

It’s a nice idea.

I like it, but, like, should I really change my whole offer right now? It feels like my whole business might in turn change. So you have this moment, and you’re trying to come to a decision.

Who gets to have a say in that decision?

So I’ve got some people here who might be, you know, who might be on my board. Dad, my dad during my teen years who thought I was a disaster for some reason.

So he’s very different from dad the rest of the time. But dad has two board seats here. Like, he gets to say a lot of things in my decision committee. He didn’t get elected. He’s not an entrepreneur. He was very protective, very unlikely to want me to make risky decisions.

My business bestie might have a very different way of coaching me through a decision that creative writing professor, doctor Hollings had, that I looked up to and thought was so amazing and very attractive while we’re on the subject of doctor Hollings that he could have something else to say. Like, Joe, I thought you were gonna be a novelist. Right? And he’s like, well, hold on. Hold on. That’s not it right now.

A bro marketer, someone you’re suddenly following on Instagram who is, like, putting on a big show and makes you feel maybe like, oh, damn. I’m never gonna get there. Or you’re right. I don’t work out thirty times a day, so I probably can’t also run a business.

Or your best friend who’s always broke but who loves you so much. These people, if they sit on your decision committee, you are basically alone in making of that decision still. You are going to be balancing a whole bunch of crap. None of it is that useful.

Your business bestie might come through or dad ninety nine percent of the time might come through, but really up against a bunch of other people who don’t have a say in your business and yet somehow they do. So we want to get rid of the wrong choices and elect consciously the right choices. Now this may feel like not a scientific exercise because it’s not. This is about you just being like you as business owner, looking for the right voices to help you make a call.

So here’s what I want to call us to do today. For the next ten ish minutes, I want you to elect your own decision making committee nominees.

They go here on these lines, so you get about three of them, and then you choose one.

For these are going to be the people that you let help you make a call. Now you don’t have to actually call them up. You can, but you don’t have to. It’s really when you’re sitting there and you’re thinking, should I do this thing next?

Should I charge twenty thousand dollars? Joe said ten. Should I charge twenty thousand for this thing? I feel like it might be a twenty thousand dollar gig.

Who do you let in and who doesn’t get a say in what you do? So you’ve got ten minutes.

Does it first, is this clear to everybody? I think it’s clear. Right? Cool. So write in some of your nominees.

Who should go there under your trusted family members? Your ideal client should probably have a seat on your decision committee. Someone from finance should have a seat on your decision committee. An admired business contact definitely should. An existing client, so existing versus ideal because you will naturally have tension between both when you’re kind of trying to come up with the, right solution. And then someone dependent or a team member. So if you have a team member, it’s likely that one of them should sit on your decision committee.

If you have children, they likely will, or a spouse, they likely will sit on there. You can’t help it. You make decisions with that person for your business. They’re going to have a say.

They need to sit on your decision committee. How are they different from trusted family? This could be, again, like my dad. Trusted family member, not a dependent, not a team member, but someone I wanna have on my decision committee if I did if I did want to.

I don’t think my dad would make it on here, frankly, but someone else might. My nana, a protector type person who also thinks the best of you, that sort of thing. That’s for me. Whoever it is for you, that’s for you.

Okay? So we’re gonna do that for about nine minutes now, and then we’ll come back on at twenty after the hour. Cool beans?

Cool beans. Alright.

That is time.

Excellent. Does everybody have a decision committee?

Yeah? How do you feel about it?

Decent?

Okay. Okay.

Alright. Cool.

Okay. So if the idea here is that you intentionally elect a maximum of six board members for your decision committee. It should look a lot like this. Right?

You should put their names on here and actually say, like, so and so and put them in each of their seats. And then when it comes time to make a decision, use the worksheet. Print off a bunch of them and actively write in what your decision is that you’re trying to make and then what each of those board members would say. So that can be a really useful exercise.

I’ve got my own decision committee. Again, this is just for business. You’ll have different board members for different things. But for your business, do you have people sitting there?

Oh, yes, Jessica. That’s a really good point. I too need to fill my finance role. So it can be a useful exercise to see who doesn’t exist in those roles and where you have to go out and look for somebody.

I have an accountant. I have a bookkeeper.

I have multiple lawyers, but none of them sit there. My husband is the CFO, but I still don’t have anybody who I would put on my business finance, decision, like, decision money for that that finance role. So I think it’s a good thing to know, like, who if I don’t have that, then I probably don’t have that person helping me make decisions. So anyone you couldn’t fill in is, like, start going out, might be a time to buy a book on that subject or start following different people on Instagram, LinkedIn, whatever that could help you that could be the right voice in your head for that missing seat. That’s a great point, Jessica. Yes. Thank you.

Okay. So this is what we wanna do. This is a useful exercise. Thank you, Jessica.

And when it comes to actually making that call so the problem the problem with six people sitting around a table talking about your problem is, well, which one gets to say, though, which one really helps me make the final decision.

So if you use RACI, we talk about day c in ten x f c, which is decision making as well.

But RACI is a little different because instead of having driver, and approver, which is good for copywriting projects and, you know, other creative projects. Instead, we have responsible and accountable. And then these are also different too. Informed is the same, but this is contributor for the DAISY, and this is consulted for this for RACY. Again, a different way to make a decision. So what you can do here is you can then take those board members and say thank you all for all of your contributions to my decision.

Who is responsible and who is accountable? These are the two that should have the greatest say in the final decision. So if you’re gonna make a really hard financial call, chances are good that you’d wanna make, your finance person from your decision committee, put them on this line. It might be your client. It might be someone else, but, you wanna make sure that the right people are helping you make the right call. So, for example, if you are Elon Musk and your decision to make is to buy Twitter or ruin your leg or avoid ruining your legacy, responsible, you are responsible. The accountable person is someone who is, like, an existing customer, let’s say.

In this case, Elon Musk consulted himself, as his own admired business leader and his mom. And then the informed people were probably those who should have sat up on accountable instead and been more than just consulted, and then he might have made a better call. So you can have all the right people on your board, but you have to put them in the right spots for decision making. That’s what we wanna do.

Make copies of this. I recommend you do at least or have this if you just wrote it down as a work, like, in your workbook, or a notebook, just keep that present. Keep it visible. If you just do this one time and then walk away from it, it’s not gonna really help you get ahead.

So how can you start integrating this decision committee into your decision making process?

Andrew says That’s awesome, Abby. Andrew says, does this have to be one person from each group? I want my board to be mostly admired business contacts.

Feel free to. I would say no more than six people who are there to help you make decisions. Six is already a lot, but it’s kinda standard for most committees in life, four to six people depending on what you’re trying to do, of course.

So whatever you feel like, but just make sure, that you’ve got a good mix of people so that you can end up making a call that will stick. If it’s all, like, Warren Buffett and, like, all these great names, you’ll always be driven to a certain kind of call, and you might lose, like sometimes the reason I have a trusted family here is, there’s a lot of value in having a low or a risk averse person in the room, not always, and they don’t get to make the call. But because you are making so many decisions as a, as a solopreneur, as somebody who’s, like, running your own business, you have to make all these decisions alone.

You do need this help. It can be good also to have somebody in there who’s, like, tempering your ambition. If you find that you are really, like, do everything, go everywhere, make sure you’ve got finance in there. I would say don’t let finance off your decision committee.

And if you’ve identified that gap, make sure they’re there because you’re gonna have a lot of big business names going, yes. Do it. Do it. Take out that loan or whatever it might be, and it could be the perfect call.

You might wanna do that. But just make sure you consult with finance before you make that call. Cool.

Alright.

Did anybody find this a useful exercise?

Do you see how you might use it in life, in your business decision making? I find it so useful.

So hopefully okay. So Andrew said, immediately you see who is not on the list. Yeah. Exactly.

Who didn’t make the call? You thank them. They can help you make make other decisions in life, just not these ones. Yeah.

Love it. Cool.

Hot Seat (May 27/24)

Hot Seat with Ryan Schwartz

Transcript

Cool. Welcome, everybody. We got a fairly full room now, so we shall kick it off. Who’s, who’s volunteered or requested a hot seat today?

Or who would like one?

Wow.

Any takers?

I mean, I take one. I I don’t I honestly don’t know how solid it’ll be for a hot seat, but, I mean, I’m willing to throw out my current problem.

I think that’s Well, yeah, you can be the warm up hot seat.

Warm up hot seat, and then we’ll see where it goes. Yeah.

Yeah. Let’s keep the expectations low. Good. I’m here for it.

Alright. What, what cheese would we have to keep recommendations low for, like, if I were to try a cheese?

Oh.

Oh, Maroons?

Oh, this is hard. Oh.

Yeah. It’s like, keep your expectations low, but be ready to be pleasantly surprised. What cheese is that?

Oh, Gouda. No. I love Gouda.

Right. I don’t know.

I’d say honey, vegan cheese. Everyone’s always like, oh, yuck.

And then, like, it’s not bad.

It’s not?

I don’t think it’s I mean, I’ve been vegan for, like, eight years.

Maybe why I started the gondola.

But Maybe like a nutritional yeast.

Yes.

Oh, nutritional yeast. Yeah. Is it We sprinkle that.

It’s gonna be good.

There we go. Right.

And then it’s addictive. You nailed it. Nutritional yeast. Alright. Next time we do one of these hot seats, we’re all bringing cheese or something. I don’t know. Optional.

Alright. Jess, you’re up.

Okay.

I don’t know. Honestly, I’m questioning if this is a good idea, but okay.

So I’m trying to align my diagnostic okay. So I’ll back up. Standardized project, email marketing program audit for ecommerce.

Okay. So we’re talking so what I’ve been doing is, the major things I’ve looked at for people are deliverability, and then their flows are, like, the the two for sure, then campaigns, latest promotions kind of thing.

Overall monetization stats, so revenue per email, revenue per email recipient, email channel revenue.

Okay. What else am I thinking here? Sorry. I’m looking over. I have a whiteboard with all of my diagnostic stuff.

Yeah. So that’s, like, kind of the general whatever of it. But I’m trying to create my diagnostics so that, like the sunshine growth model, I can go in on the discovery call or on the call and really, you know, sell via that, but also make sure it’s in alignment with key, you know, metrics. And I feel like no matter where I’m going, I’m not sure how to lay on the important analytics and keep it to a realistic like, not measuring every single thing, but making sure that it’s the key ones.

And then also but kind of getting marrying the analytics with my process, with the selling part of the diagnostic. That’s where I’m kind of struggling to bring it all together into a nice themed sunshine growth, but not a sunshine growth model, if you will. You know, how Joe’s just taken that whole branding and put it across the whole thing. That’s where I feel like I’m just I’m struggling to bring it all together.

I had it separate in pieces.

I had kind of my process down. Then I had the key metrics down and that but I I’m struggling to bring it all together in a way, like, it seems like the Sunshine Growth Model seems to come together in a nicely branded package.

Mhmm. I understand. Is, would you say, like, the breakage point of that is that you’re trying to have too many analytics thrown in there, and they’re kind of not connecting with process?

Yeah. I think, yeah, I think that is it. I think when I first so when we were first introduced to this diagnostic thing back before the sunshine growth model, it felt to me more like getting the process or here’s the middle goal. So I think of for my the people I’m working with, it’s, you know, they often come in with the expectation of, I wanna two x our email channel growth.

Okay. Well, let’s go it’s more like, can I coach him into maybe thirty percent over the next six months or something like that? Right? So that’s, like, in the middle.

And I felt like my initial part when I would say, okay. Let’s talk about your list. Right? So I’m like, the top of my sunshine growth model was list.

And then the subcategories of it were list building and then deliverability and all of that. But when I started attaching those analytics, it was like, oh gosh. Okay. Your your domain score and your whatever.

And while those I know are important, it was like, okay.

But do I really wanna and over I’m overwhelming myself, but I’m definitely gonna overwhelm them.

How do I make sure that I stick to the metrics that matter while still using this model, or are they separate? You know? Is it not quite a sandwich the way I’m imagining it?

Yeah. Open to questions.

That’s a lot. I’m sorry.

I Yeah.

Do you have a visual representation of the model as it is now?

I do, Stacy, but it’s on my piece of paper if you wanna see it. It’s not great.

I was actually just looking into that. But, I mean so yes and no, I guess, is the answer to your question.

Oh, you’re on the wrong phone.

Yes. Hold on.

Okay. Jessica, I do the exact same thing. Look.

Oh, do you?

On paper. Yeah. Okay. Okay. Like, how is this ever going to get into a digitized format? Exactly. Yeah.

That’s Anyway exactly my issue.

Okay. So I’m trying to find a dark one so you can see it.

Okay. So this is the this is what I have, and this is why I’m I I keep saying, like, sandwich kind of idea. So this was the analytics part of it when we did that separately. And I know that that’s different.

This is not a realistic two x, three x. That was just my VLC kind of coming out. But then I was trying to figure out, okay. So what what is going on around here?

So that’s like the analytics thing, version, whatever. But then the actual process and what I wanna offer so, like I said, list list building deliverability. Oh, sorry. Sorry.

Going the wrong way. List quality, that kind of stuff. And then going around and I’m still trying to figure out this last column or this thing. Is it monetization?

Is it what? I don’t know. But Mhmm. So this is essentially I don’t know if this is helpful, Stacy, to be honest.

But but yeah. So that’s kind of what I have going on.

Can you remind me, who’s the one who typically seeks you out and makes the hiring decision?

Oh, so it’s often a combo position. So a cofounder who’s serving as in all likelihood the title’s either CMO or director of creative or something like that. But it’s almost always someone who is a part of the founding, and then they happen to take on do you know Derek Halpern?

Yep.

In yeah.

Mhmm.

So he reached like, he’s a good example of someone who was a cofounder.

Trevani? Trevani? Yes. Yep.

Yeah. And then a recent same thing was a once actually, my most recent one was a fractional CMO, but they’re not an ideal client. But still Mhmm. Yeah.

Cool. So what metrics do the people who hire you either obsess over if they’re the founder or are highly accountable to, like tracked on, assessed on, like, evaluated on.

In their job?

Yep.

Oh, okay. Well, then revenue.

But and when they reach out to me, I can literally read you. But when they reach out to me, it’s overall email channel revenue, and then a lot of people seem to have this desire I’ll I’ll, I have some notes. That’s what I’m pulling up here. Okay. So, overall email channel revenue, it’s not making enough whatever. But then LTV is, like, huge.

Almost I I don’t think I’ve ever interacted with someone who didn’t mention that being at the top.

And then, Yeah.

So I I have heard less of average order value, more LTV and Even promos aren’t brought up as much, which was another reason why I was actually asking I was questioning the whole seasonal campaign thing.

Mhmm.

Yeah. So, they have some interesting ways of measuring that, but mostly LTV and email channel revenue.

And those two connect really well with your process. Correct?

I I think so, but I could be wrong. I’m open to feedback.

So Mhmm.

Cool.

Any other questions?

Alright. I think you are excused, Jessica. So by excused, I don’t think you need to leave the room. Just camera off is fine. But leave the room if you have good cheese in the fridge and you really wanna eat it. So alright. Let’s help Jess out.

Any thoughts?

Alright. I’ll kick it off.

And Maybe it would be helpful if you could, like, summarize some of the issues because there were a lot of there was a lot of going on.

Maybe that would help start the conversation.

Yeah. So what I was hearing and getting out of that is that she has her diagnostic. She has her model, and there is a ton of diagnostic possibilities ranging from deliverability to channel revenue to LTV, and it’s just a lot to fit into a little, and the conversation is getting too big, too broad, too incoherent to have a very clear, simple, easy sales conversation.

Is that clear?

Was anyone else hearing something that I may not have included there?

I think she also wants, like, a nice clear visual for her website to show it, but she doesn’t know how to because there’s so much. She doesn’t know how to, like, put it in a nice, easy to understand.

Right.

I think, like, a low hanging fruit that comes up for me is that I mean, I think, like, email deliverability is becoming such its own thing that, you know, people might be seeking, right, help specific to that once they’re clear that that’s an issue.

Obviously, it’s tied to her ability to improve revenue per subscriber, right, as well as LTV, but I think that that could be a side piece to the conversation, not necessarily part of the diagnostic model, or it could be an entirely separate service.

Yeah. That’s my initial thought. It feels like that could clarify the conversation and clutter the model pretty quickly.

But, yeah, interested in your thoughts.

Well, I do think it’s important to acknowledge that anytime you’re dealing with marketing, it sort of bleeds into like, there’s no, like, area of marketing where it’s like, oh, it’s they you can isolate this. You can, like, pick this up, and it can be its own thing. Like, everything is kind of interconnected.

Mhmm.

So I feel like this is, like not not that that’s a solution, but it’s important to keep that in mind because that’s just how it works. So it’s a an issue across the board. Like, everyone is going to run into this at some point. Mhmm.

I sorry. I’m eating lunch, so I’m not gonna turn my video on it. But, I would just be curious. I know, Jessica mentioned lifetime value being something that people are really into and that she thinks that’s not as closely tied to the seasonal sales. So I would be Darius, I know Joe said, like, everything on your diagnostic tool should be related to something you do.

So I guess, you know, like, the full picture, yes, is important, but, like, how can you ruthlessly eliminate things that you don’t you know, you’re not gonna focus on in that offer?

And, also, I just wanna offer solidarity that, Jessica, I feel this whole, like you’re like, oh, but there’s so much to go into. It’s very much a struggle close to my heart. So, yeah, is there are there things that you are not directly helping people with that you can just take off even though even though they might be relevant?

Yep. I love that point. I think it ties in well with what Naomi offered. Right? Like, everything is connected, connected, and that’s why all these diagnostics and models can blow up.

And being ruthlessly obsessed, right, with narrowing it down to what you do best and what you do differently, I think, is where it’s gonna shine the most. Right? Where you get to answer, like, where you get to fill a gap with something you do differently and better than anyone in the market and can really own. Right?

Like, I think deliverability I mean, I’m not a deliverability expert. Right? But I think, like, that isn’t necessarily a place that you can shine more rightly than other people in that space, but your process for LTV and your process for the flows and your process for increasing revenue per subscriber. I think all those are unique to you and systems that you could develop or find to really make your own.

And maybe to just focusing on the like, what is the problem that they’re coming to you to solve? Like, Ray is saying, they’re not necessarily coming to you to solve deliverability, but they are coming to you to solve, like, lifetime value through email as a channel. So focusing specifically on the the criteria that are related to the problem you solve. And if they say, well, we’re also having issues with this is this. Why were those included on your tool? You know, you can zoom them back in on well, like, this product that or this offer that we’re talking about today is focused on this, you know, narrow solution.

Yeah. Just to piggyback off of that, it’s hard to sell something that’s, like, just a pain in your neck. Like, no one gets excited about solving email deliverability issues. It’s, like, just the thing that you have to do because it’s losing money.

But stopping a hole in the wall doesn’t, like, make you excited, if that makes sense. So it’s gonna be a little bit harder to sell, I believe, speaking about something that I really am very little involved in. But, as a marketer, like, putting myself in the shoes of somebody who might buy something like this, I’m a little bit it’s it’s like getting a plumber versus getting an interior decorator. Like, it’s way more exciting to get something that’s going to optimize your processes versus somebody who’s just gonna fix a problem that you’ve had and that’s been a huge pain.

Yeah. I just wanna, I think, like, clarify because I think that because the problem I believe Jessica is focusing on is, like, it’s the it’s profitability because people are getting they’re either the ownership targeting are, like, doing lots of promo emails and they’re discounting to to make sales. So they’re not actually like, they there there’s a lot of room to increase the the lifetime value per customer because they’re, like, only selling to them when it’s, like, fifty percent off or whatever. So, yeah.

I don’t because I I feel like we’ve gone off on a tangent with the email deliverability when I don’t think that was what she was asking. I don’t know. I’m just trying to, like, bring it back because I say I think, yeah. I don’t know.

No. No. Ignore me.

I’ve just lost my The the issue is are we focusing on what what exactly are are the the options on the table?

Or what is the what is the added thing that is in the in the conversation that we’re not sure whether it should be there or not? I’m just a little bit lost still.

Yeah. I don’t know what the like, what I mean, I feel like it’d be helpful if Jessica kind of came back and told us what’s actually included in her process so we can help her eliminate some stuff.

Fast step three.

Oh, okay. Something too.

Is it okay if I do a screen share? Because I was also lost, and I needed help deciphering this. So I did a couple of screen grabs and, got some AI help to understand what the heck was going on in those pictures.

So I just said, can you decipher this for me with that, that screenshot? So here, central central theme was about the list, then it gives me all the surrounding themes.

And, the diagram emphasizes the interconnectedness of building a quality email list, ensuring deliverability, and ensuring that list, and and leveraging that list through well crafted campaigns and offers.

So then I gave the other one, said how about this one, showing a diagnostic tool for email performance, all the things.

And it says this tool seems to be aimed at diagnosing and improving the effectiveness of an email marketing strategy by focusing on revenue and key performance indicators. Then I just said, can you combine this into a simplified framework for a copywriter that offers email optimization services?

And so what what what came down here is, like, four core focus areas. And I thought that was kind of interesting because it’s a little bit of a different way of looking at it, but the the main objective being double or triple email revenue by optimizing key performance metrics. So I don’t know if this will be of any help to Jessica or not, but I’m just gonna throw it out there just in case it is. But here we you know, this looks pretty well organized and simple to me by breaking it down into these four areas.

And then you have performance metrics there and an implementation strategy here.

And then I said, how could you turn this into a simple diagnostic to drive sales conversations?

And then here you have a whole set of questions around each of those, four areas and about the performance metrics. So I don’t know if that’s helpful or not, but I thought I would share anyway.

Cool. Thanks, Stacy.

Yeah. That was pretty helpful. Yeah, looking at that, I would just cross off deliverability. And then when you’re doing the or when yeah. When you’re doing the audit, if it deliverability is lags up, just have someone you can easily kind of just be like, okay. Fix this for them. And not actually have this part of your framework because it doesn’t seem as kind of, like, high level, like, unique to what you do, as the other pillars.

Yeah. So it sounds like the main feedback or the low hanging fruit is to remove deliverability from the model and from, the diagnostic and really focusing on the two or three, like, key core things that you do, you do well, you do best, and that you can own and focus in on, I guess, the t two or three related, KPIs or metrics that ideally your buyer is being measured on routinely, and that would be really important to them.

Any other final thoughts?

Cool. Jessica, come on back and, let us know how that’s landing and if it has offered you some clarity.

Oh, that’s great. Thank you, Stacy, for clarifying my drawings. Very helpful. Would you is it possible to send me that, Stacy?

Totally understand. I can it that particular thing may or may not be shareable, but if it’s not, I will put it into a document for you and send it to you that way.

I appreciate that. And my only reason I ask is because every time I put in the same exact prompt, I get something different with Chad. So I always, you know, yeah, grab things when I can on the response that I like. Thank you.

Yeah. No. That’s really helpful. And deliverability was definitely one of the minor areas in my opinion.

Not minor in its importance and if in what it does for email, but minor in what I was thinking it would be, like, something I need to focus on or not. So I appreciate just being given permission to eliminate that.

And, yeah, I actually it was really wonderful that chat kind of made my made sense of my drawings because it kind of spit out exactly what I journal about. So it was nice to know that my drawings apparently made sense to chat.

So that’s helpful. And then, yeah, I guess my next my next steps will be clarifying what are the top two. I mean, I know LTV is one, but really figuring out what the other metric or two metrics to go along with that would be. But, yeah, I appreciate it.

But, sorry, I must not have made it clear that my standardized project is an email program audit. So, like, that’s all those things, that’s exactly what we’re going through.

So deliverability, of course, is a part of it, but I think it’s I think you guys made a really good point that it’s not necessarily my thing, so I don’t necessarily have to call out.

I can address it, but maybe not call it out per se. So, yeah, that was helpful. Thank you.

Awesome. Thanks for volunteering to kick it off, Jessica. Appreciate it. Cool. Cool. Who wants to claim spot number two?

I don’t need a full hot seat because, actually, Jessica gave me some amazing coaching earlier, so I have clarity. But I do have one question, if I can just slip that in before the next person.

Sure.

So, yeah, I’m trying to, like, raise my prices and stuff. And I was just wondering, like, out of because you’re a course creator, but they’re ahead than me, like oh, you weren’t as course creator. Sorry. Do you think, like, twenty five k is too much to charge for, like, an end to end evergreen funnel service?

End to end evergreen funnel.

The strategy and coffee.

So, like, even within the conception phase of, like, planning the strategy, planning the offer, like, offer elements as well? I think Yeah. Twenty five k is that that would be your raised rate. Like, raising it up to twenty five k.

Yeah. That’d be putting it up by ten k.

Yep. I like it.

Is that fine? Okay.

Yep. Yep. I think obvious obvious obviously, it’s not going to be accessible for a huge swap of the course creator market, and I think that’s cool. And that’s okay.

Like, ideally, I would say your best client there, right, is someone who has been ultra successful, right, in launching that live and running, you know, live cohorts on that or launching it live a few times a year. Right? So there’s revenue. There’s proof of concept there.

And, obviously, running it evergreen to cold traffic, I imagine. Is that part of your strategy? Yeah.

Yeah. So one major, major, like, pain point I’ve heard over the years, right, is the difficulty in even coming close to replicating that success. Right? It’s, like, not an easy thing to crack, and I think, like, your methodology within it is unique to that space. So, yeah, I think twenty five k is something that many, in that space who’ve had successful live launches but haven’t been able to transition it to Evergreen would be delighted to consider investing if they feel a certain level of confidence, that it’ll achieve that result. So, yeah, short answer is yes.

Okay. Yeah. I just it’s like a big leap of faith, so I’m just looking for a little bit of, like, you know, yeah, validation. Okay. Thank you.

That was the other Cool.

Awesome.

I’ll go.

Cool.

Okay. So I am pretty lost.

When I first came into this process, I figured that well, my what I have most experience in is, optimizing for Google campaigns and the sort of demand gen campaigns that feed into that. Right? Because you have LinkedIn and you have sometimes Facebook and other and YouTube or banners, etcetera, that generate demand, and then Google is usually the platform that’s capturing that demand. So the standardized offer would be a landing page, and then the a retainer would be a few tests a month to optimize that landing page plus a set of creatives instead of ad copy.

So the banner and any relevant text around the banner.

So it would be generating demand and optimizing the bottom of the funnel across however many landing pages they have.

But the issue that I’m running into is that my so my my entire network is is here in Israel, and Israel tends to be very, very heavy heavily focused on b to b because they’re the main industries here are cyber, agriculture, biomedical related tech and, fintech.

And the more heavy b two b companies thinking, like, software packages of fifty thousand dollars and above, They’ve been hit quite hard by the, crash in the economy, because, you know, if you’re struggling to struggling with with your finances, fifty thousand dollar software products are probably not super high on your list.

And, also, from what I’ve heard, Google what I’ve seen as well, Google is really struggling, and they’ve been changing their algorithms. It’s been harder and harder to get the same results with Google and Meta ads than it was in twenty twenty, twenty twenty one. Marketing is a totally different landscape. People are investing a lot more in content marketing and ABM, than they are in the kind of demand gen platforms that they used to be.

And on top of that, I got a lot of this experience in companies that were more products like growth and were more b to c oriented, and they were exceptions. Now that doesn’t mean that I can’t work with companies elsewhere or different kinds of companies, but everyone I know is here in this tiny little network. Like, I I feel like these are like, all of my leads come from this environment because this is just where I am.

So, like, to expand would, like, take time to build up that network. Like, I’ve been building up my network for years. So to build up that network in the East Coast would take time.

And so I feel like a lot of the times, if they’re coming for me for to me for emails, for example, or for webinar, or for, like, promoting webinars, or LinkedIn posts, or things that are more traditionally b two b, then they’re seeing me more as a service provider. They still appreciate my skills, but it’s not the kind of project that I could really take a lot of control over because the campaign manager is taking control over it because they’re the ones looking at the data. They’re the ones running the budgets. They’re the one managing everything.

And so I feel a little bit lost, And I’m not really sure whether I mean, my original idea, which is, like, very clean-cut, it has clear boundaries.

It’s very measurable, something I have a lot of experience in. It’s something that I could definitely do. Maybe it’s just in my own head, and there are people who are interested in that. I just have to figure out a way to tap into that market.

But or maybe this is something that just people are not as interested anymore. And because I I I don’t get people asking me for that. Like, no. I don’t I don’t have any leads coming in specifically worrying about those campaigns.

So I feel a little bit lost because I if I don’t do that, like, there’s no obvious other solution to me that I could standardize.

And so Cool.

Thanks for sharing. Yeah. Any, follow-up questions?

Can I ask, Naomi, like, is your primary question today about finding an audience beyond your immediate network in Israel, or is it about whether or not you’re you’ve landed on the right offer?

If I’ve landed on the right offer. Because, like, I I don’t think that these companies are so, so different from companies elsewhere. I think they tend to skew smaller, and they tend to skew more b two b, more heavy tech sales led b two b. So kind of both, but more, like, I I I can tap into other markets, but it’s not gonna happen tomorrow.

Like, I spent five years building relationships to say, oh, yeah. I’m just gonna suddenly go else. Like, it’s sure, it’ll happen, but it’s not gonna happen tomorrow, and it’s not gonna be the same kind of efficient lead generation that I have now. Now I have a few leads coming in every month without having to actively invest in all that much marketing.

So, like, if this is a long term plan, sure. But I have a hard time seeing, putting down roots or actively generating leads from elsewhere happening at the same scale that it’s happening now within the next three months. I just I I think it’ll be a much longer process than maybe I would otherwise like to.

So are you currently doing car like, content marketing related to this or a previous offer?

Yeah. I I talk a lot about landing pages, and still, I I have had one lead come in, and it was a Monday dot com reseller that saw me because he saw that I worked at Monday dot com. And that was the only person who has ever asked me for a landing page. Everyone else has asked me for other things.

So ads sometimes.

But, yeah, it’s just it’s not something that people are asking me about.

So I I’m wondering is, number one, like, should I be looking elsewhere? Or maybe number two, like, maybe this is really the actual trend. This is the way it’s going. And for more b to b marketing, it’s just that’s not something that people are investing in as much, because that’s what I’m hearing, and that’s what I’m seeing.

So, it’s hard to know. There are a lot of factors there. Like, maybe I could go elsewhere, but that may not change things. It may not be the grass is greener on the other side. Like, this is one of the largest tech ecosystems in the world after, like, LA and New York and, like, maybe Hong Kong. So it’s hard for me to imagine, oh, this is so much different than Silicon Valley.

Can I ask a follow-up question?

Is your current website and the content marketing, is it all geared towards landing pages? Like, if I was to land on your website, whatever, like, okay. Naomi specializes in landing pages.

Right now, it is. Yeah. And most of what I’ve been talking about on social and on the podcast that I’ve been featured on is about landing pages.

Okay. Cool. Thanks.

But, you know, it’s hasn’t been so long. So it’s possible that if I continued and was very consistent for another six months, maybe things would change.

Mhmm.

I have a question too.

When you say what you’re seeing, is that really primarily your audience, your leads, the people you like you said, you’ve cultivated a community where you’re at for five years. When you say I’m seeing or whatever, I’m assuming that you’re talking about just that immediate network, right, and what people are seeking you out for?

Also on LinkedIn, I see this trend a lot.

Yeah. And I I I do see it. I do see people talking about it a lot on LinkedIn.

Okay. So LinkedIn and your network, that’s that’s, like, your reference points. Right?

Yeah. The people that I talk to, the events the the marketing events that I go to.

Oh, okay. So those are different from LinkedIn. So what are you going to?

They’re local, like, meetups.

Okay. Oh, okay. I see what you’re saying. So the network thing. Okay. Gotcha. Yep.

So how would you summarize, like, the the decision point you’re up against right now?

So the decision is, should I pursue this landing page project, which is very standardized and very clean-cut and very measurable? Like, it ticks all the boxes even though I haven’t seen I haven’t gotten any clues from anywhere that there’s demand for this, and and I haven’t gotten any leads to that effect.

Mhmm.

Like, should I pursue other lead generation tactics in order to make this offer fit, which seems like it makes sense?

Or should I start thinking about other offers? And if so, what would that look like considering that a lot of the other projects that I’m involved in, I take more of a service provider role because I’m not as involved in the campaign management, which is really the focal point for a lot of these campaigns.

Are you satisfied, like, with the trajectory of how those recurrent relationships are formed, right, and how you’re interacting and engaging with those clients, or are you craving, like, a redefinition and ideally one that has you in more of a, I guess, a decision making strategic role?

Well, I really like my clients, but I feel like there’s a cap to how much I can earn. And I feel like I’m burning out a bit because I feel like there’s a limit to how much I can I can charge for these projects?

Mhmm.

And I would like to be able to charge more and have fewer clients.

But, I mean, the clients that I have, I like them. They appreciate the work I do, but it’s not the same as, like, being able to look into the CRM and say, oh, yeah. We got these quality of leads. Or look into Tableau and say, yes. This is the data that we got. But then again, maybe that’s a role that you do in house.

So the question is, is this offer something that I just haven’t been dedicated enough to? And if I continue to pursue it for another year, things will turn around.

Or maybe there’s another offer that I can take or another offer I can provide, maybe a fractional position, in house, that I can charge more for that’s relevant for b two b marketers today.

Mhmm. And based on, like, your current lead flow and your current network and the current people coming to you and that you’re having conversations with, like, do you sense genuine opportunity to, quote a bigger package, right, and craft a different type of offer, or they’re really kind of boxing you into this service provider role, and that’s a really difficult thing to reshape?

Well, part of it is that they are sometimes smaller start ups, but, yeah, I feel like they’re seeking me out more as a service provider. Not that they don’t value my expertise, but it’s they already have the systems in place in house to be able to run campaigns. Because usually, they have a content writer or content manager. They have a campaign manager, and they’re missing a copywriter who has conversion rate optimization expertise. And so they come to me because the content writers they have are not oriented towards conversion and towards sales.

And the campaign manager is running the campaign, and they want to get better numbers.

But they’re sort of the the the project manager and the demand gen manager, but they’re not a copywriter. They don’t know how to do that. So there’s, like, a missing piece, and that’s usually where I could.

Got it. Any other questions, Jessica?

I have a bigger one.

Okay. So I did this to Abby earlier. So you came into CSP, and I’m imagining that when you join CSP, you have a business outcome in mind. So what was the vision that you wanted to get out of CSP? What do you want your business to look like, after, you know, after working with CSP for six months, a year, whatever it is? What did you want your business to look like?

Yeah. I wanna double my revenue.

Tell me more about that.

So now I’m doing a lot of work, and I’m earning about ten thousand dollars a month Okay. Which is good, and I’ve only been at this a year. And for three of those months, like, the entire economy was shut down because of the war. So I’m happy with that growth, but I’d like to double that and not be constantly doing revisions and working with new clients and doing admin.

Like, I feel like I’m doing a lot of work, and I’m often burnt out. So I wanna be able to I I I don’t see myself I don’t wanna run an agency. I don’t see myself earning a million dollars or I I I don’t necessarily want to be I I don’t I I would rather take a lot of my business into more of a media business side to, like, run a a podcast and monetize that and a newsletter and be able to, do that scale. If I scale, I would rather do it in that sense.

But I don’t see myself taking on a ton of employees or things like that because I feel like that’ll be more of a administrative headache for me than it will be beneficial to be able to earn that kind of money.

Okay.

So what I’m hearing is at least twenty k months, though, would feel really good for you?

Twenty k months with, like, forty to fifty hours a week closer to the forty hour mark. So Yes.

K. Yeah.

And then okay. And not an agency, not that.

Okay. Alright. Cool. That gives me a better sense. And how how bought in where’s your mindset at with the whole idea of the structure that Joe taught in the intensive with the standardized project and the retainer? Like, where are you at with believing that that could be the vehicle to get you to twenty k months? Do you believe in it?

Where are you at with it? I believe in the concept. I just think that the way that I see b two b marketing work is a lot I I don’t see any other opportunities besides that landing page that could be easily standardized.

So maybe ads.

But even then, I I don’t think that’s something that companies are going to pay a lot for. Like, a Google campaign, if you’re spending thirty, fifty thousand dollars, which is a relatively modest rate to be spending on Google per month, then an increase in conversions of ten or thirty percent is a big deal because you’re dealing with leads that are worth a ton of money. So that’s something that I can do, and that’s something I’ve done many times before, and it’s something that you can easily tie to ROI.

But if your leads if if a lot of BAB leads have a lot of touch points, and it’s harder a lot of touch points. It might be a webinar. It might be a social post. It might be an ad. It might be an email. And then several touch points later, they drop into the pipeline, and they may be ready.

But it’s not as easy to tie the marketing materials to the pipeline and revenue.

Okay.

But doesn’t mean it’s not relevant. It just means that that measuring process is broken. That attribution system is very tenuous.

Cool.

I’m sorry. Naomi, I’ve I’ve I’ve been in so many hot seats before. I apologize. I should have clarified.

You’re kind of my guinea pig because I always feel like we miss the most some of the most fundamentals, which are what do you want? Like, what’s your thing? What do you want out of this whole thing? And what I’ve noticed with this kind of program is if you don’t believe in the vehicle, then the you know, our advice or our ideas are you know what I mean?

We’ve gotta adjust based off that. So it’s really important that we know what do you want and how bought in are you to whatever we’re doing. So I I appreciate you sharing all that. That really clarifies things for me where you’re at.

So Yeah.

No. Thank you for asking.

Cool. Are we ready to have a little chat about it?

Sweet. Alright. Thanks, Naomi. We’ll see you in a few minutes.

Alright. If you were CEO of Naomi’s life, what would you be most excited about doing this afternoon?

I I mean, I can go first, but I don’t know what the answer is to that question.

I mean yeah, I think I think landing pages are a good offer. I mean, I’m kind of I was a little bit confused by what Naomi was saying about there not being demand from it. Because I mean, my all of my marketing for the last four years has been cost greater, cost greater, cost greater. And I still I still get, like, a dozen leads in, like, asking landing pages for SaaS.

So, like, the market’s there. I mean, Joe Joe’s, like, verified it’s there. Andrew’s doing it. Like, I think the market’s there.

It might just be that she needs to expand her network, and I appreciate that. Like, she’s built this great network, and it’s taken time. And I know that from our coffee chat, Naomi likes to do in person work as well.

But may my thought is maybe it’s time to maybe that’s kind of always, like, a comfort zone that she’s built for herself. And, actually, like, a big part of CSP is really pushing that comfort zone, doing the challenging stuff. And, yeah, it’s gonna take time. Like, you can’t just build that network overnight, but we’re here to do long term work. And, actually, like, maybe it is time for Naomi to just, like, put herself in front of a much bigger audience, take take it global, and see what happens then because she’s a great copywriter with a great offer, which has been proven by other copywriters. So if her current network isn’t appreciating that, then I say her bigger.

Alright. Can I have enough of what Abby said? Sorry, Katie. Go ahead.

No. It’s okay.

I was gonna Oh, okay.

I was just gonna say, honestly, I and this is why I asked about the beliefs because we could. It’s just like when people say, oh, you’re so beautiful, but I’m like, yeah. I’m fifty pounds overweight. I don’t feel what your advice is to me or compliments.

And so I think our beliefs are really important. So this may or may not work. But when I heard people saying it’s a long game, it’s gonna take forever, sure. Cultivating a network takes time and things like that, but I’m not sure Naomi needs to do that per I mean, yes.

She needs to get a network, sure, beyond her area. But to validate the offer, to prove to herself more than anyone else that she can make money off the offer ideas, she I think that could be done like Jo has said a million times. Like, I’ve done I dropped teaching. I got a client in two weeks.

It’s maybe uncomfortable, yeah, reaching out to certain people. I’m not gonna say it’s my most fun stuff to do, but I don’t think it takes six months to cultivate a whole new new network to get them coming to you. Maybe you will have to go to them. Okay.

I mean, there are worse things in this world than having to go out and seek out a project. But you have to believe, one, that it’s possible, and two, you have to be willing to do it. And I get that that comfort zone is tough to get out of when I’m saying to you, go reach out to people, you know, and do it not via a live event that you love, which I do too. I get it.

But you might have to cold pitch. You might have to DM. You might you know, whatever. But I just don’t believe that it takes months and months to prove to herself she can sell this stuff.

And that’s really my biggest thing. I don’t care what she offers, frankly. I think there’s opportunities. I care more about does Naomi believe that no Naomi could go close a project in two weeks?

Because I think anyone in this room, if they had to, with the right conditions, anyone could. And Naomi, of course, is capable of that. So that’s that’s really all I have to say about the situation.

Not at all.

Are you sure? Jessica’s on.

Yeah. I know. I could go ask Abby. Fifteen minute lecture is what she can’t be a boxer.

I was waiting for Zoom to pick up on, like, the fire you were spitting and just start, like, having activated flames.

Zoom like that.

This is why I should not be on these things.

Like, I’m so Oh, that’s awesome.

Me a soapbox. It’s terrible.

More soapboxes for Jessica. Noted. Cool.

I would like to put forward that you have a new channel, just Jessica Soapbox, where she gives us her. Yeah.

But I’d also just I would totally agree that when Naomi was talking, one of the first things that came to me was, like, this sounds like a mindset. Like, the idea the belief that it only it’s gonna work with the local network.

And just to share, like, a personal experience, like, I lived in Austria. I had a network in Austria. I was trying to sell websites to Austrian businesses that had shitty versions of their English website, and, like, nobody wanted it. And it was only when I realized that there was, like, a whole world of North American businesses actively looking for copywriters, and I pivoted to that international audience. And, like, I booked two five figure website projects, like, in in a four week period. Like, it was just shifting from the audience that didn’t want what I was selling them to the global audience that was already looking for what I was selling, that it actually went really quickly. And, I mean, I know, like, whatever the Internet has changed, that was twenty eighteen.

Like, free Facebook groups were kind of a different thing then, but, you know, we’re in this program of learning about so many ways to, like, highlight ourselves as stars of a particular service. So I definitely think that I would just I would just, like, suggest turning your attention to ways that that might be a belief and, like, how could you prove that belief wrong?

And I’m also curious, Naomi. Like, if your specialty is in demand gen, I would just be interested in, like if you came to yourself as a client, what strategy would you recommend?

I don’t know that much about your niche, but I would just be interested, like, genuinely, if you’re in demand gen, like, how would you generate demand?

I know she can’t answer me, but yeah.

Awesome. Thanks, Katie. Cool. Any other thoughts?

I wanna add something else along the same, sort of limiting belief front. I want to, suggest an exercise that is Edward de Bono’s six thinking hats and to take take your your idea, your concept, and make a list of how it makes you feel. Like, jot down four, five, six things in each category. How it makes you feel, why you think it will fail, what you could do to make the concept bigger and stronger, what, things you need to be aware of, sort of like prethinking problems that might come up, why it will absolutely positively work. And list out all those things because I I hear this sort of, like, blinders on kind of, you know, this people don’t want this, and people don’t want that. And so I think there’s a there’s a sort of I don’t know if it’s driven by maybe, like, an underlying fear or the risk that’s associated with, you know, taking a choice and making a leap in that direction.

But if you could, just try to try to get out of your everyday way of thinking about it and think about it in some different ways.

Awesome. Thanks, Stacy.

Final thoughts.

So I think we’re all relatively on the same page, hearing some mindset stuff, some comfort zone, some big leap stuff.

And what I was hearing and sensing was very similar. Right? I’m hearing a potential sunk cost fallacy in terms of the network she invested in cultivating and really wanting it to work within that and having difficulty in creating something that doesn’t apply there.

And, right, I think, like, in all mindset issues or mindset challenges, I should say. Right? Like, below us find the data points that validates it. Right?

Like, it’s really easy to cherry pick the data points and not even seek the ones that would confirm why it absolutely would work, and that’s what I love about those six thinking hats, Stacy. Is that what it’s called? Yeah. Really cool model.

So, yeah, I think that there’s a consensus of a go for it. Right? Broaden, reach out, go big, and address all the stuff that comes up and arises as you do that because that’s welcome here as well and part of the process.

Cool. Cool.

Awesome. Naomi, welcome back. And, let us know how that is landing and any thoughts you have.

Yeah. I appreciate the perspective.

I’m not sure if it’s a comfort zone thing or just that, like like, I have a lot of work to do. Like, I’m always busy, and, like, I I’m trying to to to to do everything, you know, to do to do because I also have to deal with the clients that I currently have.

So, I I’m happy to continue purse like, I I changed my my website to reflect, the new offer, and I talk about it all the time, in my social posts and on the web podcast that I’ve been on.

So I can I can continue to do that? But, yeah, I feel just that I’m a bit, like, burnt out and exhausted.

And Mhmm.

Like, I don’t I don’t know what else more I can like, sure. I can reach out to people personally, but I feel like that’s not the most scalable process in the long term. Like, it could get a few people in the door, but it’s not going to fix the problem.

And so Can I Yeah? Sorry, Natalie. I thought you were finished. Can I just quickly chime in? Yeah.

Yeah. I think part of the combat zone thing, I think, somehow, it’s actually giving up ten k months for a bit. Like, if you don’t have if you’ve got so much client work that you can’t do the gory stuff that you want to, I think that’s kind of part of the comfort zone. And so I’m not like, you have to give up a bit of that, security and maybe have a less income and less clients so that you’ve got the space to do that stuff. So you can then have, like, forty k months if that’s what you want, like, for to sell four landing pages a month.

That’s just yeah. That’s like, whenever I’ve had kind of big growth in my business, I’ve usually had to, like, take a salary cut so that I can do that stuff. Just yeah. Quick quick side thought.

Mhmm. So I think, like, a similar question I had is, like, do you have runway for more nose or to raise the prices on those current services so you can do those less?

A little bit.

There’s a little bit of wiggle room.

But then, like, where do I invest in beyond what I’m already doing?

Like, again, I I I don’t mind reaching out to people, but I want I I hesitate to think that that’s, like, a long term strategy, that that’s gonna return high ROI.

Why don’t you reach out to, like, the SaaS copywriters and that you know that work with American clients? Just ask for a couple of introductions and just start having coffees with people.

But everyone I know, like, ninety nine percent of the people that I know are here and work with Israeli clients, and none of them are working. I know, like, a lot of times they work with with companies here.

So, like, I don’t Yeah.

Because another thing you said was that I I heard you mentioned that a lot of them are small start ups. Like, is there space to work with bigger companies that are still in Israel?

Like, is the problem actually that not not the Israel network, but that you’re you’re picking up kind of the smaller companies?

Well, a lot of times when I’ve spoken to some of the larger companies like Fiverr or Yotpo, or Monday is another example. They’re working with people in house. So then my question would be, is this an Israeli thing, or is this just, like, for these large campaigns, they wanna bring this in house?

And I I don’t know. I I don’t have an answer for that, and I’m not sure how to find the answer. So I, like, I I hear what you guys are saying, and I’m happy to to to pursue that. I think it’s, very helpful.

But then my question is, like, what do I do next? Like, I’m trying to I’m trying to do a lot in terms of marketing, and I can do more. But what I’m currently doing is not bringing any leads. So what do I need to do?

Like, I and I don’t know if it’s like I don’t have enough time to do it. I think it’s more what I’m doing is not bringing in the, like, right leads. So is it just, okay. Well, you have to do this for another six months, and then the leads will start to come in?

Or, like, or or what? What like, if it’s cold pitching, like, okay. But how much time am I gonna have to trade to cold pitch in order to generate leads? Like, what is the return on that?

Well, you just said something interesting. I thought you were you said that your marketing isn’t bringing in the right people.

So what would make you continue doing the marketing that’s not actually attracting the right people? Why would you spend time on that if it’s not working?

Well, it is bringing in Israeli leads because they know me or they know clients that I’ve worked with.

I understand that, but I I started I thought over the past weeks, we’ve kind of tracked that those are not necessarily the ideal customers if you’re going to get to only working forty hours and making more like twenty k. It sounded like, from what I took from it, they may not be the most ideal leads for that result. Well Did I misinterpret that?

I think it’s more that when they see me, they are warmer leads, so they’re more likely to reach out.

Mhmm.

Okay.

But I’m still it doesn’t I’m still trying to identify.

Are they the people that you should be marketing to so that you can create a business that generates twenty thousand a month.

But I’m not marketing to them. Like, I’m posting on LinkedIn, and they happen to reach out.

Or So what are the marketing efforts you said that aren’t working?

What’s that stuff?

Well, I’m posting on social media, mostly LinkedIn, and I’m going on different podcasts.

That’s That was a recent that’s a the podcasting was recent, I thought.

Right. And that was Okay. So that’s more recent. That was one thing that I implemented. Like, I haven’t been I haven’t been at this that long.

And I am working on using Sales Navigator. That’s a new thing.

Okay. What’s, like, one, you could just you know, it’s not working and not like, it’s just not there. It’s attracting it. What could be one thing you give up to try something that might be a little bit out of your comfort zone?

That’s what I would do next. Is you said that you don’t have much time, you’re burnt out or whatever. Okay. Drop something.

Cross it off the list, and then pick something. And I think, Naomi, there’s a it just seems like you have to give something a shot. You’re I hear you saying you want something, but then it’s always another question. You you sound so much like me.

That’s what it reminds me of is like, But I’m like, I I just think you need to pick something and try it and give it a real try. But that means also you have to let something off of your list so you don’t keep burning yourself out. And, do you know what the I mean, you’re not gonna know the result. It seems like sometimes when you speak, you want a for sure or you or you just keep questioning until I don’t know what it is, but it’s like you gotta give it a shot.

And to but I understand the burnout thing, but then take something off your list that’s not working. And you said stuff isn’t working, so take something off. But I wouldn’t do the podcast thing only because you did just start that, and I feel like that is a takes a little more time for the higher powers to get SEO and whatever else going.

But there’s gotta be something else you can take off your list and try a strategy with a different clientele like everybody was saying. Expand your clientele. Pick one strategy that might do that, but also make sure you cut something out so that you’re not adding to your plate. You’re trading at the very least. That’s what I would do next.

What am I not doing that I should be doing?

Well, I don’t maybe Abby has good because I didn’t hear sorry. We have something burning in our house right now. So I didn’t hear everything we’re doing, but all I heard was I’m doing marketing stuff that’s not attracting the right people or it’s not working. So I was like, okay. I don’t know why you keep doing something that doesn’t work but expect a different result. That’s that’s a definition of insanity, actually. Actually.

But If you were literally so on fire that now your house is burning down.

Yeah.

I mean, Naomi, I think maybe it makes some bigger punches. Like, so, like, if Fiverr aren’t gonna hire like, they’ve got in house, they’re not gonna hire this random freelance based on LinkedIn. If they see you at a summit or they see your course in CXL or something, then they might bring you in because they’re like, okay. She’s she’s the girl. She’s the one. Like so, yeah, I would look at making, like, some bigger punches. I don’t know what podcast you’re speaking on, but, like, go to the ones with, like, the big audiences.

Like, Speak at the Summit where people are gonna, yeah, see you as an expert and be like, okay. Like, I don’t I don’t care, like, how many cockroaches they have in house. Like, I need to work with this person.

That’s what I put on my list.

Like, do the whole ten x is easier than two x thing because that so you’re not burning out doing, like, loads of lead gen. You’re doing some really big strategic moves.

Are they gonna want to have me speak? I mean, usually, they invite people.

See. There you go. There that’s what I’m talking about right there. That’s what you do.

And I don’t mean I’m sorry. I I give you full permission. I do this too. That’s why I relate to it, and that’s why I hear it.

You’re asking already without just going. You have it’s almost like I’m not talking religion. I’m talking about belief in just try it and see what happens.

You ask more questions, and it’s getting in your way of just seeing because none of this is guaranteed.

Like You you go directly to why something won’t work. You do. You just like a laser beam.

And that’s why I was saying, make a pick one thing, any one thing, and make that list of all the, you know, all the different reasons why it will work, why it won’t work, what you need to be aware of and careful about, all the things. You’ve gotta get a bigger picture view of of what’s going on because you’re you you you’re in this thing. I don’t know what’s triggering it. As I said, it could be the the risk. It could be some kind of fear. It could be that you’re just trying to be, you know, smart about what you’re doing. But whatever it is, it’s it’s limiting you from seeing possibilities, I think.

I I don’t know if I’m afraid. I just want to hear strategies that you think guys think will be viable because if they do welcome people with four or five years of experience, then I’m happy to try that. But if it’s they’re only looking for CMOs, then it may be a lot of time sunk down the drain. So if you guys have reason to believe that they would be interested in having me, then I’d be happy to pursue that.

But I’m not sure if it’s a mentality thing or trying to be wise about Abby sorry, Naomi.

I’m like I feel like Jessica, I resonate a lot with what you’re going through because I know that also I’ve done a lot of coaching programs and, like, I’m a big questioner in, like, the personality types.

So I wonder if for some, like, tactical next steps to help you kind of get off the ground and try this out and see if it works, we could say, like, maybe going into the freelancing school curriculum.

There was, like I don’t know if you’ve done the cheat sheet of awesomeness, work.

What am I looking for? Like, activity. But, like, Joe has a cheat sheet of opsomeness where you fill out, like, what you’ve done, with stats.

I don’t know, Jessica. I mean, if you’ve, like, done this more recently than me and can fill in the blanks. But, like, it’s basically filling in why you’re awesome, like, having that to hand and then maybe pitching some of those big podcasts and, like, just really immersing yourself in your own awesomeness so that you believe it and you can pitch it convincing me. So, like, Cheat Sheet of Awesomeness, pitching yourself to the big name, like, Big Punches, podcast like Abby was mentioning.

And then, I wonder if, like, within freelancing school, there’s also a wider network of SAS copywriters that you could set up, like, five coffee dates with to also see about referrals or, like, you know, what what they think about validating the idea and referrals, or if they have anybody that you should meet. Like, so teaching to awesomeness, coffee dates with fellow SAS copywriters, and then, I don’t know, pitching five, like, bigger name podcast just as, like, three things to do to get you maybe, like, even just to net next week’s call.

How does that feel?

Yeah. I I feel like you guys think that I’m not confident, and I I don’t know if that’s true. Like, I I have a lot of I’ve had a lot of wins, and I I do believe in my abilities.

So, like, I I I document all of my successes very, very carefully, and so I have all of that at hand.

But I appreciate the suggestion.

Yeah. I think it would be helpful to reach out to other copywriters. I think that’s, that could be a good tactic.

I have one other really tactical, but it’s this is long game too.

Are you familiar with Carol Dweck?

No. Okay. She talks about the fixed versus growth mindset, and I really think it would help you under because I don’t believe I don’t know about your confidence, to be honest. But when you speak, it’s to me, it isn’t confidence.

It reminds me of the work I needed to do around a fixed versus growth mindset.

And I think her work is really helpful. They use it in all sorts of industries, education, business, whatever. But I think her work could really help you understand why we’re saying some of the things we’re saying and why, and pointing them out because I hear more of a a fixed mindset, and I think that her work could help you, try to transition to a growth mindset. It’s gonna be critical for your business. And, if you need specific examples of how I hear it, when you say, well, I see. I’m seeing this, it sends a message that you don’t have a belief that the rest of us see things you don’t and we see other things. And you’re kinda making it sound like your reality is all reality.

And so that’s why I think Katie’s advice, talking to other copywriters to hear what their experiences are like.

Joe has pointed out to you what her experiences with the similar audiences are like, but I really think it’s a fixed versus growth mindset, thing. I don’t know about confidence, but just fixed versus growth. I’d really look into that.

Okay.

Yeah. I sense confidence, and I also sense, a frustration, right, with just what tactics are gonna yield the validation of this, right, and then needing to feel like there’s momentum and progress there.

Do you feel, like, clear on some possible tactics you can implement to start getting more feedback loops coming into your idea? Like, I I love the idea of just talking to more copywriters, specifically those who are working with that client you wanna be working with and ideally doing complimentary assets or builds within, that ecosystem. I think that would be a really cool starting point. But, just curious what takeaways you’re having of, like, immediately implementable next steps.

I think talking to people. Also, a lot of I do a lot of partner work, meaning I partner with a lot of campaign managers and or designers, and they’ll bring me in to new projects.

So seeking out other campaign managers. There are a lot of free campaign managers that are freelance as opposed to working at an agency. Though agencies have also brought me new clients. So maybe looking for marketing agencies and campaign managers, that have more of an international audience.

I think that could definitely be helpful.

I I’m a little bit surprised to hear a lot of the confidence things because I think a lot of the people that I know here think I’m probably too confident, at least, like, in the actual work that I’m doing.

The running a business, it requires different skills.

So I I hear that. I’ll I’ll think about it.

But, yeah, I I think it’s more, like, frustration trying to figure out where to invest my resources because either it costs money or it costs time to generate new leads. It’s one or the other. And, so I I’m wondering, like, like, which which avenue to go down in order or at least which avenue to go down first in order to generate new leads.

Instead of trying to get the end all and be all, if you can just think of it as experiments and just do small experiments, you know, and iterate. I mean, you you you what would you tell yourself if you were your own client?

I don’t know. I have very different clients.

Honestly, I I would say to continue continue testing.

Because, like, if I were speaking to a client, I wouldn’t tell them to drop everything they were doing and do something else because that usually is not a scientific way of approaching a problem. We wanna test one thing at a time. But rarely do I see in large marketing campaigns things turn around right away. You can have some quick wins, but that doesn’t necessarily mean that you’re going to go from a few leads every quarter to having so many leads that your AEs can’t keep up with them.

So See, now you have that answer, and that’s a great answer.

And you already know this.

Right? I mean, that’s a great answer for yourself, don’t you think?

Right. But then that’s like, okay. Well, I have this standardized offer, but in order to get leads rolling in a consistent basis, then it requires patience and diligence and consistency with the things that I’ve already been doing. But with the realization that this might take six to twelve months to really build up steam.

Which is And you can do and you can do experiments along the way and learn from your experiments and improve and optimize just like you would optimize for one of your clients.

Yeah. I do feel like I’m doing that, though. It’s just, you know, I’m Mhmm. Figuring it out.

I mean, you you you may not be SaaS, but you are b two b, so you understand what b two b is like.

You know?

Yeah.

Yeah.

Yeah. I I hear what you guys are saying.

I I think that I can talk to other to other freelancers, see if they have, if they have advice. I think that would be a good next step.

Yeah. I think, like, that could be one of the bigger unlocks for collapsing the timeline from six months to twelve to even getting that next project in the next thirty to sixty days. Right? It’s I loved your idea of reaching out to campaign managers who are working on those have projects.

Landing page designers. Right? That’s perfect. That’s literally your collaborator on these projects.

And that landing page designer, they might be working with a client next week that’s looking for a copywriter to write the page. Right? This is just kind of where I feel like that most, like, imminent, like, out of nowhere synchronistic unlock can come from. So, yeah, I love that idea.

And I wouldn’t necessarily frame it as, like, I don’t think you need to be casual in the conversations. I think they could really be explicit. Right? This is the kind of project I’m working on for these kind of clients, and I really wanted to build my network of landing page designers in case my clients need your services as well.

Right? Like, I think they could be really collaborative based and really even, like, point to I dig your work. Like, I’m doing amazing work here too. Let’s just keep each other on the loop when opportunities arise where we can use each other’s skills.

Mhmm.

Cool. Any, final thoughts?

Awesome. Naomi, like, when it comes to reaching out to potential new copywriters and campaign managers and designers, is there kind of a number you’d like to reach out to or a level of accountability you’d like on that?

Maybe five of each, I think, would be a good place to start having a meaningful conversation. Cool.

I’ll toss them five of each by when? What feels reasonable to you based on your workload?

Let’s say end of next week.

Sweet.

It’s already halfway through the week here.

Yep. Yeah. No. I think that’s a really, ambitious timeline. That’s great.

Cool. Well, reach out if you run into any boxer challenges either tactically on that in terms of, like, how to initiate those conversations, because I do trust you’re confident to do it. And with the right tactics, you could probably, do really well on that. So keep us posted.

I have one other thing I can share if it might be helpful for you.

So you know the six thinking hats that I told you? So I have a feature in Sassy called diverse opinions where you put it put in what you’re what’s going on, and she gives you the six thinking hats all already written out. So I can share this with you. So this is, like, gives you a really quick way to look and see things that you may not have seen. So here, how can you make the concept bigger and stronger? I mean, here you see even right here, stuff we’re we’re telling you. Collaborate with other copywriters to share knowledge and resources.

Offer packages for multiple land partner with web designers and developers to provide a complete package for SaaS businesses.

What else what why why it will work? All these things. So I’d be happy to, share this document with you that might spark some ideas for you.

Okay.

Awesome. Thanks, Stacy. Thanks, Naomi. Thanks, everybody.

Thanks, Ryan.

Enjoy. Yep. My pleasure. Enjoy your recall. Bye.

So no theory. Not showing you how to do something later, we’re gonna go straight ahead and do the thing right now. So if you haven’t already, could you please open your worksheet for this session and have it either on your screen or on your desktop, whatever works for you. No shame if you’re old school paper.
I am often that person too.
Now if you go straight to, the top of the second page, so, the page with the first set of prompts and things for you, you’ll see that right up top, the first thing that is there is a fill in the blank style prompt, which says and sorry my face will be looking sideways because I will be also looking at my, computer with the non working sound. It says if insert your biz biggest robot or limitation was no issue, I had insert action and or outcome.
So obviously I’d like you to fill this in.
In terms of your biggest roadblock or limitation, that may be something that’s quite global in your business, So for example, something like time or capacity, or it could be something that’s quite specific to the business that you’re trying to work towards and trying to build here in CSP. So for example, if you are someone who is trying to shift from making the majority of your revenue via one to one client services to someone who makes majority of their revenue through selling, online programs or products, then it might be that your current limitation is you have a slow list growth.
So think what that is for you. I imagine for most people, it will be quite easy to identify that key challenge. It’s that thing that you keep coming up against.
And you may notice it in different patterns. It might have been the same thing for the last, you know, six months, twelve months, two years.
So identify that one, is anyone having trouble pinpointing that challenge?
Nope.
Abby’s a strong no. I love it.
Okay. Cool. And then the second part of that prompt, I would love you to put in, like, something quite wild, so don’t place any value judgments on what this sort of big action or outcome would be. But just think, like, in this hypothetical scenario, if that challenge didn’t exist, if it wasn’t there, What would you actually do then? What would you have in your business?
I’ll give you a minute to think that one through because I often find that this can be the piece of the puzzle, but can take a little bit longer to sort of pinpoint.
But again, you know, don’t filter it, don’t judge it based on all. That’s not really possible. We’re just talking hypotheticals here. So again, if that biggest roadblock was not there in your business, what would you then achieve? What would you do What would be the outcome?
Okay. Has everybody got something in that first box? Yeah, Abby.
Jessica Nicole Naomi, Caroline. Caroline, how are you guys going? Thumbs up from Naomi?
Jessica. How are you going there?
Abbie you’re supposed to be on Vauxer answering my question because I was like, I don’t wanna present to the whole group, but I will.
You don’t have to share if you don’t want to.
Well, no.
No.
No. It’s fine. It’s more because I need the help.
I have a list to things that I feel like could be my biggest roadblock.
So I think Abby, you talk to me every day. Well, what’s what’s yours? What do you think mine is?
I know what mine is. Mine is.
I know what yours is. I think I know it’s cool.
Yeah. Not raising not raising my rates. I don’t know what your biggest roadblock is though.
I think Thank you.
Okay.
I think one of them is is self doubt because you think you’ll wanna do something and then half, I think you’ll be like, oh, maybe I should be doing this. Maybe I, like, maybe I should have gone down this route and you’ll wanna change. So I think it’s indecisiveness, but I think it comes from self doubt.
Yeah.
I agree with you. That’s what I had. Fear of failing the self doubt thing. Okay. Thank you. That helps.
Awesome. Love this.
So good. K. Is that clarified the second part of that, thing for you, Jessica? Awesome.
And Caroline, how are you tracking there? You can pop something in the chat if you don’t wanna show your noggin secrets.
Yeah. I think Caroline I don’t know if you had access, but I think she might be with her family. In a car. So she said she may not be able to interact so that yeah.
I don’t know if you can see that or not, but No.
Sorry. Because I left, I thought maybe if I, Oh, there she is.
Yep.
Yeah. If my fear of something like fraud or self doubt was no issue, I’ve had my business change and charge a lot more. Okay. Cool. Awesome Caroline. And, hey, Katie, I see you’ve just joined us just to catch up. We’re just working our way through that first prompt in the worksheet.
It should be pretty self explanatory.
So you’re just popping in there what your biggest current roadblock in your business is the thing that keeps getting in the way of you hitting your goals, and then also what you would do or achieve in your business if that thing was no issue. And again, we’re just thinking hypotheticals here. So we’re just trying to broaden that perspective by knocking out that big challenge that always gets caught up and trapped.
And no worries that you were late. I also my audio didn’t work, so I’m a few minutes like getting started too. So not a problem.
Okay. Alright. We’re gonna roll through to the next, section of the worksheet pretty quickly, because the speed is actually part of this exercise.
So if you just, look beneath, where you’ve just put that first statement, you’ll see there is a table with ten different slots that says ways to bridge the gap from here to there. Now, again, I just want you to think about this hypothetically. So, any way that you could actually problem solve, and you could do the thing that you’ve just written down, Even if it, you know, that, like, not, like, that’s not gonna work for me, I want you to avoid placing any judgments on these ideas. If it would theoretically get you from a to b, I want it In that box, and the aim of the game here, success for this talk looks like filling in as many possibilities of that box as you can, even if some, ludicrous ideas or things that would not work for you.
So as an example, if I was doing this exercise right now, my biggest challenge with two very young kids’ capacity, and the thing that I would do if that was no issue would be selling to live with three half day rates a week. Every week because that would bring me about, I think, four hundred k, just from that one, offer every year.
And ways that I could possibly bridge that gap.
For example, I could deliver those day rates at night, when I know my husband’s here and he can be point person for the kids, I could hire a subcontractor.
I could look at some sort of agency model. I could build some sort of AI that could write like me to speed things up. So I’m just spitballing ideas, and as you can see, they’re sort of all, really, they’re very possible, and I’m not feeling during in terms of how suitable they might be for me. So I’ll give you guys five minutes to fill in as many of those ten slots as you can. If you have any questions or you get stuck, just give me a yell.
Oh, sorry, Carla. I just saw your question. Suggestions on how to bridge the gap when the issue is self doubt.
Yeah. Good question.
So I think when we’re looking at what your design outcome is Caroline. You promote your business and charge a lot more.
So we’re looking at ways to bridge the gap from what you’re doing in your business now to what that outcome is that you would actually do. So, for example, we’re just saying that if that self doubt wasn’t there, So if that wasn’t there, what kind of things would you do? Can you imagine pitching yourself for, various in person events to to speak on stage? Could you imagine, just setting your rates a lot higher and going after those clients who you know that could actually afford that investment?
Does that make sense? So we’re problem solving from how you could get from where you are now to where you identify that you would like to be in that first goal. And again, we’re just assuming that that self doubt isn’t an issue. Okay. Cool.
Alright, guys.
We’ll leave it there. How many possible ways to get from a to b did people get? Feel free to yell out or to just pop a number in the chat.
Eleven.
Oh, who’s that eleven then? Me over at Seadema. I love it. What about you, Naomi? How’d you go?
About seven.
That’s awesome, Katie?
I had trouble deciding which problem was my biggest problem. So I have eight solutions each, but I was wondering if you had any tips on, like, which to focus on.
Mhmm. Yep. Do you wanna talk us through the options that you have for what the biggest problem is at the moment?
Yeah. So when I just brained down to like, okay, problems, it was like, capacity, audience size, overwhelmed, like, not knowing where to go next, and not feeling really confident that I have, like, like, impressive client results to point people to that are recent.
So the three that I wrote about were capacity, audience size, and results, and I have, like, six to eight solutions for each of those, but it’s kind of like a meta problem, but I’m like not knowing which problem is the biggest one is, like, part of one of, like, an additional problem.
Probably part of the overwhelm, I guess. Yeah.
So I guess when you think about those three separate things that you did identify and, put possible ideas down for, Which feels like the one that you’re really bugging your head up against the most?
Or the one that’s really stifling you or stopping you from, like, making changes in the growth that you want to?
Well, I I the three that I wrote were capacity, audience size, and no results, but I feel like the overwhelm is the one that’s really stopping me because I keep starting different projects and getting them to, like, sixty percent and then failing on them to go work on a different thing because I can’t decide which which is gonna be the the one that makes the most difference.
Okay. Yep. So then it sounds like overwhelm might actually be the biggest challenge, and that perhaps these other three things are subsets, all of that. Challenge because if you’re not following through on a on a, you know, project or a lead gen system, for example, the way through, then that could be impacting.
You know, the list size and those kinds of things. Does that sound right? Yeah. Yeah.
Okay. So sorry. It sound like the one that you didn’t put.
I do four might be the one that you need to work on.
So feel free to, take a few minutes and then something sound for that. Yeah.
Well, I think I think too, the solutions for the overwhelm, like, the ones the solutions that I wrote could also help with the overwhelm one, two.
Yep. And I just wanna check with, with overwhelm as the key challenge, does that also help you articulate a really clear, like outcome or action that you would take, if that was no issue, if the overwhelm wasn’t.
Part of the equation at the moment?
I mean, I feel like if it’s like if overwhelm was no issue, then I would know which steps to take and which projects to tackle in which order.
Mhmm.
Yep. Do you have, I guess, a vision of what that would actually look like in your business? So, like, something that’s a bit further down the lines that if you doing that. If you had real clarity on, you know, everyone wasn’t there, so you knew what you were focusing on next, you’d finish those tasks, you’d be building something like where is that getting you? What’s that?
Further down the line, gold will collect.
It looks like being able to delegate because things are organized enough to bring another person in and being able to invest in support because I know what the task is, and I know what the desired outcome is. And then also having the, like, the systems that I’m building actually make it to a hundred percent, and then they start working for me.
Yes. Cool. Okay. So I feel like those are probably the more useful outcome to think about because they are obviously definitely a result of that feeling and have been able to prioritize tasks, but then more concrete things to be able to work towards. So been able to you know, delegate, automate, eliminate might be something like that or being able to outsource appropriately so that you have the space to do the court work.
There might be a goal somewhere in there that feels like it gets home for you, obviously use your own words.
Thank you, No worries.
Jessica, how’d you go with the table and the list of possible problem solving ideas?
Oh, yeah. I got about seven as well.
So Awesome.
That is amazing. And Caroline, I know you’re in the car, so feel free to just pop something in the chat if you would like. A number of how many you got to, and I’ll just keep an eye on that for you.
Seats. Amazing. That’s so good, guys. That is awesome.
So what you’ve just done is you have taken a hypothetical lens to, you know, what if, like, what could I do in my business if this thing wasn’t actually an issue. And when we approach goal setting from this angle, what it does, it allows you to identify what you actually want without those limiting beliefs getting in the way. Because you’re not doing the thing that we all do where you say, oh, yeah, but that wouldn’t work me because, or Oh, yeah, but that’s like a goal for, like, three years from now. So what you actually have in that table or in that list of possible ways to get from where you are now to where you’ve identified you would like to be, are possible routes to take.
Now some of those I’m sure will be absolutely terrible ideas for you and your business and how you like to work, and that’s totally okay. So if there are any in that list where you look at and you’re like, like that, theoretically could work, but I know that that’s just not ever gonna work in practice for me. Feel free to cross those out.
What I would love you to do is identify one of those that feels like the best fit. And it’s really important that when I say feels like the best fit, that doesn’t mean that you’re gonna look at it and not feel any discomfort because growth requires discomfort and there is a natural tension between what you want and what you need to do to get it. So, again, just reiterating that the best fit idea in your list there probably isn’t gonna be something that you feel one hundred percent confident with, but I’m just asking you to identify the one that feels like it fits you and how you work and your business and what you wanna build the best. So I’ll give you a minute or two to do that, and if you have any questions, oh, I don’t know what the balloons are going on.
Alright. And there we go.
Sorry. I never zoom on my phone, so here we are learning new things by accident.
Okay. Questions as you’re identifying that one, let me know. And once you have identified the best fit one, if you could just pop it in the chat, that would be awesome.
Bedtime, Abby?
Yeah.
It’s like five seven, but I’m so sleepy for some reason.
But it’s tiredness, not boredom. I promise. Sorry. It’s enjoying it.
It’s often me because I’m in Australia, like, on Paul’s father group programs and masterminds I’ve been part of. It’s often a ridiculous time for me, so I know that I know the feeling.
Naomi limit the number of clients to five and raise them in a monthly investment to three k. Awesome. This culture. I’m try I’m trying to reverse engineer what your, key challenges or limitations must be. And it’s quite interesting to see this. Awesome.
Katie, book a one to one coaching session to get ideas out of my head and verbally process what I’m stuck on. Amazing.
Hey, guys. These are really awesome. These are really clear and concise and totally achievable.
This is so great.
Are you going, Jessica? Do you need some help?
Maybe.
It’s the self doubt thing, which that if I was able to do I think that’s where I’m I’m I focus more on how to overcome the self doubt get to the thing on the other side of that. But I think the thing on the other side of that, the outcome I’d like is two seasonal sale campaigns a month around ten thousand dollars with clients that I like, and that I could use for further you know, books and promotion and things like that.
Awesome.
Does that seem in alignment though?
Yeah. Totally. Because I think your self doubt wasn’t an issue, then that’s probably what you’d be doing because you wouldn’t be scared about pitching those people or lending those projects.
Okay. Or to the green results. Okay. And, yeah, in in Fabi, I mean, it’s green too.
No. Yeah. Your because you’re self doubt, I think this comes from feeling like you don’t have the experience that you want to have. So I I feel like as soon as you start getting leads and doing projects, your confidence is just gonna go up and you’re not gonna put up with that self doubt, like, be because yeah.
I think I have the same a similar thing to Katie where it’s been so long since I’ve done seasonal sales.
It just feels like I’m too far away from it. So, yeah, I get yeah. Okay. Thank you.
Mhmm. And I think one of the, Cool, but also annoying things about self doubt is that there’s that little gap you have to bridge often in that you have to do the same. To solve the doubt.
It’s a catch twenty two and it sucks, but really it is the best way to get through it.
Cool. So with that in mind, Jessica, maybe I don’t know if you need to maybe write down some different, possibilities or different ways there, or we could you identify those now? What what would work best for you?
I’m quick just typing in if I can look to seasonal sale campaigns a month at ten k each.
Mhmm. Yep.
That would be kind of thing.
Okay. Awesome.
Amazing.
And again, Carla, I know you’re driving, so I won’t order in the car. So I won’t invest you, but if you do wanna share, feel free.
Okay. Guys, this is so good. So as you’ll see, the next box, which I deliberately left quite, vague in terms of heading, because, I mean, I feel like you already knew this, but I didn’t wanna make it super clear. I’m now going to ask you to actually take this hypothetical idea and it concrete and break it out into steps.
Because, of course, I think this is also where we can get lost when we are trying to make movement towards our big goals is that we have, you know, the end goal in mind, but we don’t know where to start. We don’t know what to do for the second, third, fourth, or fifth to do that thing.
So these things that you have written in the chat here, if you’re looking to actually do that, like what are the steps to actually make that a reality? What do you have to do? And I’d say this could be depending on how your brain works, a bit of a messy process in terms of actually writing things down and ordering them. So don’t worry too much if put something down and then realize, oh, that’s actually like step number four.
You know, this is your worksheet or your space wherever you’re working in. So you can edit. You can doodle. You can move things around.
It can it can be messy.
The important thing is to get it out on paper.
And I know that can also be the part where things can feel tricky and sticky and some of those mindset gremlins can come up. So please, as you are going through this, let me know what’s happening. Let me know where you’re getting stuck, whether it is a practical thing or a mindset thing, and I would love to coach you through it.
Can I ask Christie, like, I feel I feel like maybe I jumped ahead a step? Like, the thing that I put in the chat was the concrete step that I could take. So am I supposed to look like the goal is know what to do when I’m gonna do it and what that thing entails.
Mhmm.
So now it steps to get there.
Yes. Actually, yeah. You’re right. Sorry. Yes. So your this is this is great first step I feel because you can do that theoretically today.
Right? You could. Yeah. Book a one to one session with someone. And then I guess, you know, after that and after you have that information on paper, then what happens next?
Is it then are you maybe looking to hire someone to set up anything that has been identified as being able to be systematized or automated, is it perhaps interviewing VAs or OBMs, like, what are the steps in there that you see reaching to that goal? And thank you for bringing it up because, yes, you’re totally right. That’s a one step thing that you’ve got in the chat.
So What I’m identifying is the thing that I want that my big problem is stopping me from happening.
That’s right. So I think you’ve already identified that, and now you’re talking about, so if there’s a way to solve that problem. So perhaps it’s perhaps you need to go back to the section before this one and think about, like, okay, like, one way to solve that problem would be to outsource everything or to hire a system specialist.
Or it might be to, like, hire someone else. So so I think, yeah, maybe it’s about going back to that table before and looking at those because I think, yes, what you have here looks like the first step for you to get in clarity.
Into how things are sitting and where you can make them easier and less overwhelming and more streamlined. Does that sound right?
Yep. Yeah. It’s all just kind of clicked into place while you were talking. It’s okay. Thank you. Okay.
Awesome.
Alright. Is anyone stuck either on the practical step or is anyone feeling the kind of resistance that makes them think they won’t actually follow through on the things that are in front of them?
So I’m struggling with a lot of my clients are I I have very personal relationships with them because I work in a very small ecosystem.
And so some of them I started I only really started working on full time, like last May.
And most of my clients are either friends of friends or friends of old colleagues, or there’s like no more than like two degrees of two, three degrees of separation between me and most of the people in my ecosystem, which is good, but I not sure how easy it’ll be for me to either fire clients that are not working out or raise rates that are way below what I’m charging now because these are people that I’m gonna see in person pretty often, and I have to make Sure.
Got you. That can be tricky definitely because you’ve got dual relationships there, client, and also some sort of social relationship.
Would, raising the price of your services, would that, effectively fire some clients for you, like are some of your forfeit clients who won’t be able to afford this new price.
Well, some of it is just like, it’s a little bit of work here and there. But it’s not really worth doing the work because it’s just taking away time, every email, every call. It’s just is just draining my time. So I’m wondering also if it’s if it’s worth it at all, if it’s just a few hours a week, I, I, I’m not sure. I’m not sure if they would be, if they would be scared away.
Or they would think, it’s probably not worth it. We’ll just do it in house.
Mhmm.
Yep. Okay. I was only asking because somewhat sometimes that can be easy way out. When you outgrow a client, and then you raise your rates, it can be you can know sometimes. Like that person, then we’re gonna say yes, this is actually my problem for me. I think in the case where it sounds like you’re saying that you may or may not, but you definitely have some clients in mind who feel like they’re not a good it for where you actually want to take and grow your business.
Remember that the reasons that you have and you know and you’re telling yourself for wanting to get rid of them, you don’t have to pass those on to those clients. There are other ways to let them know about the decision. So, it could be, again, thinking that you obviously wanna try and preserve some of the relationship because you’re probably gonna bump into them socially and as things so intermingled for you, simply telling them, hey, the way I’m doing business is changing.
Here’s what’s happening, and I know that historically haven’t worked together this way. And I will be really sad to see you go, but, you know, this is what’s next for me. So there can be a way of, like, just letting them know quite kindly, quite politely without sort of going into the details of perhaps why they themselves are not a fit, and therefore making it personal.
Will it be uncomfortable, probably? I think a lot of conversations that we have in business are, but think you don’t want to sacrifice your business success, you know, for the sake of potentially a few awkward conversations.
So Yeah. I’m actually saying it probably will be uncomfortable, but I think you’re absolutely right. If it’s bits and pieces work, if it’s clients that really don’t fit the vision you have for where your business is going, and they don’t support that, either in terms of money or the work that you’re wanting to do, then it is time to let go of them and time to make space for those who do. Anything else? On Naomi, do you wanna talk about that a bit more?
Does it make sense to get rid to let them go before I take on new clients or just buy new clients and then let them go.
Mhmm.
I feel like it always makes sense to let go of some of them before in order to make space.
Even though that’s scary, and I know, you know, financially as well, it can be daunting to see blank space in your calendar.
But I think most of us in this room can probably attest to the fact that if you hang on to clients.
It’s if you don’t create space or ideal clients to come into, then it sort of drags on and on and on, and, you know, you’ll be six months down the track before you actually make the change. So lightify under your own bum, I would say, by getting rid of these clients making space, for people who actually are a good fit. And reach out in slack when you’re doing it too if you want to because I think sometimes even just having, like, the support of people who’ve been there, who’ve done it before while you’re actually doing the scary thing can be really helpful, and can just make you make that move even when it is uncomfortable.
Amazing. Do you guys are legends?
Alright.
So we’ll move on to the last, piece of the worksheet, and then I think we’ll have a few minutes too to just open up discussion on whatever you’d like. But you’ll see the last thing there is a table, with good space for good, better, best goals.
So I think chances are you probably already identified your best goal in that initial statement that we did at the top of the worksheet.
It may not be, but I think nine times out of ten, that’s probably your ideal outcome.
So thinking through then how to set other goals so that this isn’t a next size that is so black and white and you either hit that goal or you fail miserably, what are good and better goals? So a good goal is basically your baseline level of success, which might look quite different to your best goal, but is still absolutely a really positive shift and a positive growth for your business in this direction that you’re moving in.
A better goal is typically somewhere between the good and the best goals. So it’s something that you can feel really chucked about, you know, this this move and this strategy has been more than successful, even though it might not have keep the heights of your, like, ideal, like, best world scenario outcome.
And the reason that these are important is that Again, it gets you out of that black and white thinking where sometimes we normally set big goals for our business and we’re working towards them. If we get point, we realized they’re not gonna happen to the extent in which we were setting out to achieve. We can get disheartened and we can give up. If we have these goals that allow us a little bit more flex, and allow us to actually benchmark our success at different levels. It is often more motivating and just gives us, something better to reach towards And also, I find when you do hit the good goal, you can often get a boost of motivation to keep reaching out for that better and then that best goal too.
Ideally, of course, these goals should be measurable in some way.
So even if they are a feeling goal, which is totally okay, by the way, if one of the goals is that you feel less overwhelmed.
Just think about what that actually looks like and how that could actually be measured. So for example, that would be, you know, it means that I get to switch my laptop off at five thirty PM every day and not worry about you know, what I’ve got on the next morning. It could be something like that. So something that you can actually measure as opposed to just, like, feel less stress because I think without the specificity there, it’s gonna be a very hard goal for you to actually reflect on and work out. Yep. That’s what’s happened or no. I’m not quite there yet.
Katie.
Well, hey, maybe that is one of your goals though.
Maybe sure to Alice, who knows? But I know there’s works.
Sometimes I feel like you’re working fully hours and then sometimes Fifty months the opposite.
It’s the day care pickup. Is it three thirty? So, like, I could happily work till seven, but I just don’t there’s no space.
Yes. Well, I feel that very much too.
Katie, I know. It’s a season. I keep telling myself that. I’m like, there will eventually be more time in our days where little people don’t need us to do all the things.
Yeah. I feel like I don’t know about you, but I do feel one good side effect of motherboards is that my efficiency rates have gone through the roof. It’s like when I have time that I can use, I use that time.
I’m on the opposite side. Mine is gone. Yeah. I kinda wish I had that limitation right now.
I have too much time. So Either way, you’re gonna have a problem. It’s either you don’t have enough or you have too much and you gotta figure it out. It’s kinda like money.
You either have too much or too little. And no matter what you’re pun penalized for one of them. So yeah. I didn’t join the little kid.
I take my little kid back anytime.
Back to the five year old, I’d take her again. She was fine.
Twenty one is fine, but That’s such good perspective, Jessica.
Thank you for sharing.
You’re welcome. Enjoy them while they’re little. Yeah.
Hey, guys. Anyone struggling with the good, better, best goals? Anyone unsure on how or when to try and measure their progress against them?
I feel like you’re also so so compliant this session. It makes me a bit nervous that maybe haven’t set goals in a big enough.
So I remember this should feel uncomfortable. Like, it should feel exciting, but it should also feel uncomfortable as you’re reaching for these things because growth Just by definition does require discomfort. And as I mentioned earlier, there will be that tension whether it’s now when you’re actually doing the thing between what you want and what you need to do to get it. I really would love for you at those points in the process to reach out in Slack and say, hey, this is what’s coming up for me.
How do I deal or, like, can you just normalize this? Whatever whatever you need because, you know, you’re in CSP for a reason. I think you’re all ready to do big bold bad ass things in your business, but you’re also human. So I think you’re going to fault it in that journey from time to time as we all do.
So it’s normal, but reach out. I’m here. The other coaches are here, and we’re really just we want you guys to kick huge goals and do amazing things.
Alright. Pep talk over.
Any questions on any of this stuff or anything related to mindset business, copywriting.
Oh, that’s yeah.
Oh, you go.
Have a good one.
No. You don’t. You don’t.
Well, actually it was something Abby and I have discussed before, so I was just curious, Kirsty, what your thoughts were. So as I’m, you know, I So I don’t know if I have told you, but I used to run seasonal sales for over it’s ever been a lot of them, but it was a couple years ago when I was working for a company full time. And as I’m kind of thinking about this launching the package a signature offer of seasonal sale campaigns.
And I’m kind of struggling with the how to launch it, but then also, you know, Abby and I’ve heard Joe say either if you want case studies and stuff, do it for free or make the really high ticket price, you know. And so that’s kind of made me hesitate with putting it in a middle ground price range. So that’s why I said ten k because that’s a little bit bigger. But I don’t know. I’m just curious about your thoughts around any of that with launching this signature offer.
I haven’t had any people keep coming to me for email, which is great. I’m not complaining, but it’s not this. And I’m just kind of sitting there going, okay, practicing is a really important part of the positioning.
Well, do you have any recommendations or thoughts?
Yeah. Sure. I think, I mean, obviously Joe is a genius. I think probably what she says goes.
I think if ten K feels like it is that little bit uncomfortable, I think it’s probably the right price to set it up. I always find that if too comfortable with the price, then I feel like the price is too low. So I think that is the right price. I think it’s sent about how you position that and how you make sure the clients really see the value in that investment.
They see the ROI, and they have the desire for this amazing service.
So in terms of launching, do you have access to your ideal clients, like on an email list or similar, or will you be pitching people directly else he’s gonna go?
So as I’ve come back in about, I kinda let my business go dormant for a while. And the people on my business on my email list before were people who sought me out for, and funnels and all of that kind of stuff. So they were not e commerce and not, well, no, they were a couple e commerce, but, not not an alignment with this offer at all. So I’m basically starting again with a zero audience, so then that’s another thing that comes up on my list of need to build audience with this ideal, you know.
Yeah. So, no. I other than cold or warm pitching that kind of stuff, I don’t have a list with the ideal customer.
Okay. Cool. So, I mean, in that case, because you don’t have ready access to your ideal client, I would probably suggest offering to do one of this service for free or for a very low investment so that you can get the social proof. Because I think if you’re going to be doing outreach and you’re going to be warm pitching to people, it’s just going to increase the likelihood of getting a yes so much if you can say, hey, and I did this with this company in this business, and here are the results they got.
Because if you’re a relatively unknown person to your ideal client, you know, you really, I think, do need the proof and the value of what you do.
So I think and also, obviously, pitching people with the offer of something at a really low price because you’re wanting to use their their project as a case study or even for free, like, that is a much easier yes for a company. So that’s what I would do one hundred percent if I was in your shoes.
Great. Perfect. Thank you so much. My worries.
Abby.
Can I can I ask a follow-up question on behalf of Jesse?
Because Jessica, like, because you do have social proof and, like, you are gonna get that testimonial from Joe. Like, you have testimonials.
Do you really need to do? Like, do really two on free? Cause I know that Jessica, like, one needs the leads now and needs to get these projects in, like, what when when is social proof enough?
Like, does That’s a question.
Right? I don’t have social proof on this particular offer, the way it is. I could reach out to the former client and see how much permission I could get to share what I did for them.
Their marketers I bet Christina knows a couple of them, and I’m not a hundred percent certain they will let me or what. But I didn’t sign anything, but yeah, Yeah.
Does it have to be, like, for your specific offer? Or can it I mean, your offer is comprised of, like, copywriting and strategy, and you have testimonials that demonstrate you do strategy and copywriting very well.
I don’t know. I just don’t want because you said your goal is to booked to seasonal cell campaigns at ten k each, and doing one for free isn’t that gonna, like, slow that down? And I’m not, like, trying to argue with your advice see. I’m just more like because I know I know that Jessica wants, like, pay projects. So I’m just kind of, I don’t know.
I I would worry.
I I don’t know exactly what company is you’re working for. But if I’m thinking of hiring somebody who wants to do something for free, my thinking might go to why are they free? Like, does that mean they’re not worth the value?
Like, that would almost be a red flag in my mind, depend like, coming from more of an established company, Like, I I wanna pay somebody the fair rate, especially if it’s not my money. It’s the company’s money. Like, and I’m just, like, hiring a vendor. Like, For me, that would be a red flag. So, like, maybe they’re maybe they’re bad at what they do. That’s why they’re not charging what they’re worth.
Would agree with that Naomi. I think my red flag would go off as well. If I think when Kirsty said that when I’ve heard Joe say it, the one thought I did have his I do have a couple of contacts in my network who I’ve done work for, not in the seasonal sale capacity.
That I could see if I framed it under the guise of, I’d really love to use this in case studies, my future book, And, so obviously I wanna get you results and I’d like it to be mutually beneficial.
I feel like they might be a little more open and less fewer red flags going off in that, but but it’s also based off the fact that I have a relationship with them. But I see your point because I would say the same exact thing, especially if it were a cold itch or something like that. Yeah.
Katie just put in the chat what about doing it for ten k, adding a guarantee?
I think that’s a good idea. Like, literally, like, our homoze style guarantee, like, all your money back if it doesn’t perform.
Okay. Yeah. That’s a great idea because I think with all these things, what you’re trying to do is remove risk for the person who’s going to say yes to the project. Right?
One way to do that is to say, hey, there’s no risk for you because I’m gonna do it all for free and I’m gonna get e awesome results, but you’re part of the agreement, and I’m gonna hold you to this is that I wanna use this as a case study. So I need that from which I think is different offering to do something for free without you getting anything back. To me, that’s a red flag. If someone’s like, I just wanna offer to do it for free.
I just wanna go to some expertise. It’s like, no, thank you. But if you’re, like, really clear about why, what the exchange is, because you’re still getting something really valuable out of it, But, also, I love this idea of a guarantee, Katie, because that does the same thing effectively. You can say, here’s my rate.
But because it will be the first time I’m doing this precise service, then here’s here’s how we can go about the financial exchange, because I think that also just facilitates that. Yes. And what you really need is someone to say yes to this new offering from you so that you have the proof and you have the confidence to sell this more easily down back and you can get to that two seasonal sale campaigns every month as quick as possible.
In terms of the software, if you do have, I think when you are trying to prove a beta offer, which it sounds like this new service is because you haven’t actually rolled it out yet as, you know, as one complete package.
There are definitely bits of social proof that you can use like Abby’s talking about, so anything that proves your knowledge, your expertise, what you’ll like to work with as a service provider, all of that’s really relevant. Also, anything that proves, that you know your shit when it comes to seasonal sales campaigns. So if you could get something like that from Joe, for example, or from a previous client, anything of that will be helpful.
It’s about how you bring that proof together to build a picture that again removes or reduces risk for the person that you’re putting that service in front of.
Does that help? Wait.
Yeah. It does.
Didn’t you do this in house?
I I did do it in house, but I don’t I don’t know if so not in this offer. When it’s a really different offer, it is very much a different offer.
I did do a seasonal sale, but they were a company where it was like, a lot of last minute or, there’s a lot more components to my seasonal sale campaign than there was back then when I was literally just optimizing a sales page, writing the emails, writing the SMS, writing the ads.
There’s That was kind of the basic skeleton, and I’m I’m adding a lot to that.
I think you’re being too hard on yourself. I think you can talk to all of that work. I think this is I I think you’re being really nitpicky.
No. No. I’m I’m being sarcastic. Yes.
That that’s I’m a former teacher, maybe.
I mean, of course, I’m being nitpicky.
Like, I don’t I don’t really know what you mean by seasonal sales, to be perfectly honest with you because I’m in a very different industry, but like Yeah.
Years doesn’t do them very often.
No. No. But like it sounds like it sounds like you know a lot more about what you’re talking about. But you just don’t realize how much, you know, what you’re doing.
He does.
Thank you.
You can’t you can’t read the label from inside the jar.
Yeah.
I’m loving this guys. I mean, I feel like Abby obviously knows you really well in terms of you guys obviously connect quite a lot you know, outside of the the calls, the group calls that we have. So that’s awesome. And Naomi obviously knows your work as well. So, I mean, maybe what we’re dealing with here is actually just yourself doubt. And not a question of tactical approach.
Well, the good news is I broke down self doubt on the work sheet so we’ve selected correctly today. Hey. Hello.
Like, I’ve worked with people who, like, don’t know how to conjugate verbs properly, and they get promoted.
You know, like, I feel like your standards are just way too high.
Is there a lot of people who work in content and copy who just like don’t really know basic English, and make it by. So, like, you’re probably a lot further a lot than you think you are.
If I can conjugate a verb, we’re gonna set that as the standard from now on. Sounds good.
And Jessica, if you like, like, if you wanna plunk, like, a lot of the social proof that you do have in Slack, like, I would love to workshop that with you into something that could really help support this offer for you. Such a proof is like my my thing for copywriting. So feel free. Ping me. I’ll do it.
Alright. Thank you. I have sales page work to do, so that helps. Thank you.
Awesome.
And, Abby, I know you had a question. We can, if everyone’s happy to stay for two also, if you need to go, go. But if you wanna ask a question, Abby, then we can jump on in and then end things up.
Thank you. Yeah. I just wanted to ask your, be expected as someone who’s run a podcast.
Because part of mine is to, like, are gonna get on better high quality podcasts if you had any just like tips or insights into what you look for when someone sent you a pitch.
Yeah. Sure.
So interestingly, so the podcast that I run with Amy, business about Asuri, we always approach the guests that we wanna come on. We we don’t actually ever say yes to any pictures, but also we don’t get that many from people we know, which I think is the key thing, like, but you’d always random automated ones from people’s PR agencies, which we just delete straight away.
But I think having pitched a lot of podcasts as well, and like, I think when you do picture podcast, the key thing that you need to answer for the person you’re pitching is what does this person have?
For my audience? What do they have to offer my audience? Because their main goal is to get more listeners, get more subscribers, be a podcast that people talk about and share. So if you can give them an insight into how you’re gonna help them hit all their goals for their podcast, you’re more likely to be a yes for the pitch.
So, you know, I think as well, like, if you can avoid the quite templatized format of a typical podcast pitch, like, hi, name. I love your podcast, and they’re like talking about yourself. And then let me know something like that. Obviously, avoid that.
I think the more specific you can be, like, if you do actually listen to their podcasts, like, which episode have you loved? Like, which guest be loved, which conversation have you loved, and why?
Because I think even something like that from the beginning can show that you have to engage with the podcast, you haven’t just searched, you know, top copywriting podcasts, which I have.
Yeah. And one one follow-up question. So because the podcast I want to speak on offer course creators.
And I should I be concerned about stepping on their toes? Because a lot of them have offers evergreen offers or, like, courses to to serve their audience, and it’s they’ll be similar to my offer. So I guess, turn to y’all to start? Is that something that I should be concerned about, like, going in?
Or So I think that’s probably a call that they will each make.
As to whether they’re like, oh, is this person potentially gonna take business away from me, or are they gonna add to the conversation around this idea or this approach?
So I wouldn’t be worried about it if I was you. I think that’s only in their court to make that full.
And you could try, you know, finding that you’re pitching people who you are technically in competition with and you keep getting nose, you could even try mixing up the pitch, and you could even maybe acknowledge, like, hey, I know that you your business is built on a similar offer or something like that. I would love to talk have this conversation with you because, and you could communicate how it’s actually gonna be quite cool to have this conversation from two different perspectives.
Yeah, I love that.
Yeah. So test and refine, I think, is a general rule for everything when it comes to business.
Yep. Okay. Thank you very much. It does helpful.
My pleasure.
Christie, can you just say the question again that you said we should be answering in our podcast pitch?
Like, what does this person So how how is my presence on the podcast going to help this person’s podcast be more successful?
So how’s it gonna help them get more listens? It gonna help me get more subscribes? How’s it gonna help them get more shareable content? So basically, how are you gonna serve the goals that they have for their podcast?
Perfect. Thank you.
Think I said it differently the first time around, but that’s approximate.
Alright, guys. Thank you so much for coming along. Sorry again. The snafu at the start. I don’t know what was happening with my computer. Anyway, almost happens at six AM.
Please keep me posted in Slack, ping me with any questions, any help, anytime you get stuck. I wanna see you keep these big goals. I wanna see you make progress towards them, I wanna see you do the thing, and I wanna just hold your feet to the fire, I guess, over the next over the next few months is these steps unfold.
Alright.
Enjoy the rest of your day.
Bye.

MTT Ladder-Prep Framework

Value Ladder Framework (MTT)

Transcript

So today’s topic is around value ladders. And like my favorite topics for these weekly sessions, it is something you can use for your business. And also for your clients.

So, something to really consider.

But we’re gonna dive in This is recording. So the replay, of course, will be available. If you can come on camera, please do so. Just so everybody can see you, feel connected, etcetera.

Okay. So today we’re we’re talking about something that is based on the value ladder. Now, most people are familiar with the value ladder, but it’s okay not to be. So I’m just gonna really briefly discuss the value ladder.

If you want to add anything more to it, to my really brief intro to it, then feel free to. This is a medium post on the value ladder. Click funnels is a really big advocate of the value ladder. Hold on.

I just wanna make sure that my audio is okay.

Good. Okay. Good. So the value ladder is really just a way to keep people coming back for that neck level of value from your organization, which usually translates into money.

And that can mean different things for different businesses. So value ladders are really common in, you know, training businesses, online, like courses, mastermind, stuff like that, and mastermind is at the top of those value ladders, but they can also be used for other things.

Ecommerce can do this to add incredible value to their customer base. If you, I’ve mentioned the book Super Consumers before, It’s a really great study overall in the whole idea of a value ladder for e commerce, really, and how to get people all over the place, to, to keep coming back and buying from you, not just buying more sweaters from your e commerce shop. But more of, like, let’s take you to the next tier of being an engaged shopper and admirer advocate of fan of our brand. So, although it can feel like a value ladder is all about let’s just, you know, get more money out of your existing customer base, sell them more expensive stuff.

That’s not necessarily what it’s about. Some people I think, like, click funnels might know if that’s to click funnels a little bit might often, you know, put out this narrative that can make it feel that way, but it really is how much, like, what do you wanna what how do you wanna use this? SAS can use this for upgrading people through it if you think of something like Stripe, which could move a business owner through a value ladder and a developer a different value ladder, bringing them further into this world of loving strike. That’s what we’re really trying to do with the value ladder.

Give more value. You charge more for it, of course. But those people who really want more, are ready for it. Now, one of the tricky things is, and what we’re gonna be talking about today is how do you prepare people for that value ladder.

How do you get your customers to even know about this stuff? I know copy hackers has struggled with this a bit over the years. Abby, I think you mentioned that at some point, you said you found copy hackers through, like, social media. You found one course and then you didn’t even know the other courses existed or something like that.

And I think that’s like, it happens. It happens to all of us. We at Copy Acres didn’t have an intentional value ladder for a very long time, much to the dismay of our ad agency. It was like you need a value ladder because ads are too expensive.

So it but it can tough. Right? Like, how do you share out your value ladder with people before they’re actually maybe even ready for the thing on that ladder. When you have the tripwire, which is usually the bottom of this value ladder, and you wanna get them into the seven dollar ebook or and then up to the ninety nine dollar a month community all the way up to the top tier, your mastermind or whatever that might be, how do you let them know that something’s coming next that they should be prepared for? And that can be a valuable thing to do. So that’s what we’re talking about today.

This ladder prep idea. It’s kind of ladder hype to get people hyped for what’s next, but hype sounds so hypey it doesn’t have to be. It’s really just like seeding, the idea that there is going to become a moment. There’s going to come a moment when you’re going to want more from us. Here’s when that moment is, and here’s what you can expect to do in that moment. So if you’re already familiar with this sort of approach, well done.

And if you’re not cool, we’re gonna walk through it. Now, this is meant for your confirmation page. If you’re going script a video, oftentimes for a confirmation page, or just the copy on the confirmation page. If, like, there’s not a video or even if there is a video, and also email copy again when someone has just become a customer of some form.

So they’ve downloaded your lead magnet or they’ve gone through different part of the value ladder, you know as the marketer, Hey, we’ve got this next thing in store for you. And this is the moment at which because it’s a seduce a seducible moment, this is a great moment to start seeding what comes next and how to know when the time comes to go to that next thing. So the value ladder is off to the left here. The m t t framework goes match.

Trigger teas. Okay? Trigger and teas can be interchanged. Sometimes you teas and then you tell them what the trigger is, Sometimes you tell them what the trigger is and then you tease that next thing. But let me walk you through this. So this is the value ladder kinda going in reverse starting with the cheapest thing here, and then we’re moving all the way up to the more expensive thing. This is based on a value ladder that Paul on our team just went through for, Evergreen webinar funnel training.

So I’m just taking exactly what, that layout was, like the value ladder for them. This have made up. But we can imagine how this might go. Right?

So we start with the free thing, the lead magnet. You wanna write this for your own value ladder or for your client’s value ladder, and this could keep going. Right? This is just an example.

It could go down seven rows or whatever. However, many items there are in that value ladder. So we start with this zero dollar thing just to get their email address. Then, of course, there’s a tripwire.

It’s usually called a tripwire. If that’s unfamiliar language, it’s the cheap thing.

Then comes a starter product or service. And then some intermediate or even sometimes this is the top tier. This is where it ends. It doesn’t have to end here, but it might. Right? So this is the basic value ladder.

Cool. What do you do with that? Not everybody needs to move up the value ladder. Some people are ready to jump the top of it, but we’re just trying to solve for how do we get people to start thinking about the next thing they should buy from us.

Not Ken. But should. We’re going to tell them that should moment. This is the moment at which you should be switching over to whatever that other thing is.

So we write this out. First, we match. So when they download the thing, when they just downloaded the lead magnet, then we match on the confirmation page and or on the confirmation email where we’re sending them the thing. Hey, you’ve just snagged a free copy of the No pitch webinar template we’ve used for some of our highest converting webinars.

Cool. We’re matching exactly where they are, staying enthusiastic with them. It’s a good moment. You’ve done a good thing.

This is fantastic. And then we want to trigger, in some cases, t’s, but usually it’s easiest to just start with the trigger, which is telling them what that trigger moment is going to be in their lives that will be a signal to them that it’s time to think of what’s next. So, hey, you’ve just done this thing. Cool.

Awesome. You’re great. Once you’ve filled in that template and used it just once, you’ll be ready for the next step in generating six or even seven figures with your webinar. This is the trigger.

Once you have filled in that template and used it just once. I know as a user that I have or have not done that thing, if I never fill in that template, I’m not really gonna be a good fit, unless I’m so ready that I’ll go around and look and start emailing you to say like, hey, how do I just get into your training?

And then comes the tease. That next step will be our thirty minute workshop. That’s this thing on how to run a webinar that is sure. Oops, sorry typo, to convert even if it’s second webinar ever.

But for now, and then you go back and tell them what to do now, head on into that template, use it, and then I’ll hear from you after you’re done with it. Or then you can send me an email when you’re all done, whatever call to action you might wanna do if you wanna do one. That’s really it. This tease is for the next thing in the value ladder.

So every time we see that tease, it’ll be for what’s coming up. And if there is nothing else coming up, then there is this for the final one, you just leave these two blank. So again, tripwire is, hey, so cool. You’re in our workshop on how to run a webinar that converts.

Fantastic for businesses like yours because it does all these great cool things that you already thought it was gonna do. We’re just matching that. Now we’re reversing it a bit for the teas and trigger. And said, we’re saying, and if you’re anything like me, you’re so pumped about this workshop that you’re already thinking about what’s next.

So we’re teasing something’s going to come next. And I will tell you all about that, but the trigger before you can unlock the incredible next stage, here is what needs to happen first. You need to see the slide. This is just a fascination that looks like this.

And then you, like, show them the slide. Some it’s a fascination. Right? It’s something for them to watch for.

When they’re actually going through it. That’s when you’ll know you’re ready. But for now, just focus on attending, putting this into your calendar or whatever that calls might be. Is this making sense?

Can you see how this works?

Can you see the value in seeding that next step? Or customers. Does that make sense?

Cool. Alright. So this is what you’ll do. You don’t have to do it today. It’s not like a thing we need to do But it is something that you should do if you are thinking about your value ladder for yourself or if you have clients who come to you and either speak the language of we have a value ladder, how do we move people through it, or they’re doing ads of any kind.

If they’re spending money on They probably have some top tier or higher tier thing to get people into. They might not come to you and say, like, Hey, let’s do something to walk people through our value ladder, but they come to you and go like, we’re spending so much money on ads. How do we get people to convert and how do we get our new our existing customers to do more with us. Right?

We’re sending emails and it’s like they don’t even know whatever, whatever, whatever. But they’re coming to you with revenue challenges, and they find that they’re also spending money upfront to acquire leads and retargeting to try to get those customers back. A really easy win is hey, I’m gonna script some confirmation page videos for you. I think you can hop on your phone with these scripts and report them.

Cool. We’ll do some emails as well. And then you’re already moving them along a path of being able to open especially if they have a sales team of any kind being able to open up those conversations with people without having to do, like, an excessive amount of work or even old work around opening conversations.

Okay. So that is the long and the short of it. Any questions? Anybody?

Do you feel like you could use this?

Yeah, I feel like it’s what I’ve been needing because, like, I think I shared my problem last week where I’ve got my five hundred dollar course and then nothing really happens after that.

I guess my kind of my thought is that, so in my course, I I teach the copywriting, the conversion piece. But I don’t I don’t teach how to, like, drive traffic to so kind of thinking about your lesson from last week as well with the quadrant. So that’s kind of in order to get them to, like, six figures, seven figures, the point where they could afford to hire me.

That bit needs solving. I I’ve never wanted to solve that piece because it doesn’t excite me or interest me, and it’s not what I’m an expert in.

But I feel like for the value center letter to work, I need do I need to solve that? Would that be a case of bringing someone in to teach it or any thoughts?

In I mean, in this case, it’s like how how important is the traffic part to your process. If it is important then That it’s not important to my process, but it is for them to get the results.

Right? Because even if their conversion rates are there, they’re not getting people in.

If they’re not getting people into their evergreen funnel.

Yeah.

To me, I mean, it feels like, oof, overkill, but I think I’d be lying to you if I said if it’s important to your process, you don’t need to of course, it is.

If it’s if it’s not your process, but in order to get people in, they’re never able to do anything. It’s like, but at the same time, you can consult on that. Just like in conversion rate optimization. Someone brings a CRO agency in and says, Hey, we need this funnel to convert better or this journey or whatever.

The CRO agency is only there to worry about that funnel. Then the company has to go, oh, crap. We need to get more trapped. In here because we can’t run a test with five people coming through this every day.

So I would consider for you, although it is an important input doesn’t have to be part of your process.

And then just cut it out if it doesn’t have to be. If it has to be, then I would say, yes. You have to find a way to solve those traffic challenges, which could just be having a really great VA that you can reach out to when you need to, who’s good at basic ads and, and, like, demand generation stuff.

I know that’s not great, but either find a way to pull it out of your process or, yeah, you’re right. You have to solve that problem.

Yeah. Okay. Thanks, Jared.

Yeah. What do you think about that?

Yeah. I mean, it was kinda like, I like my course as it is, and I don’t wanna change it, but it is, yeah, I mean, I do is a problem that used to be solved. And it’s also, like, in my kind of why didn’t you buy emails. It’s it’s been coming up that people are like, I don’t does this do I have to, like, post on social media every day to get this to work?

So, I mean, I have been thinking about bringing in, like, an art specialist to do just stay hour, like, master class or something in the course or in half an hour one or something. So I think this is kind of confirmed that probably is makes my sense if the next step is for them to hire me because then they really need to be making good money with the system. So Totally. Yes.

Yeah. Yep. That makes good sense. I don’t know if anybody else has any other thoughts on that, but, yeah, seems smart. Seems like the way to go.

Yeah.

Thank you.

Thanks, Abby. Anyone else? Any notes or thoughts on the MTP?

Framework and value ladders at all.

Are you using value ladders with your clients?

Nobody is.

Abby is the one person. I know it can be tough for SaaS and things like that, but I would like encourage you SaaS and software and tech. They have lead magnets. They have free trials. They have free tiers, and then they have more tiers to to get you up to that next level.

So it’s important to also bring that to tech as well. It feels really easy to dismiss it as if tech is some entity unto itself that no other business has ever matched or felt like comes close to, and that’s just like, not true. Like, not true at all. Once you actually get into these businesses, they’re they’re all money making endeavors, just with different ways there. Okay. Cool.

Sassy. Oh, that’s cool. That’s awesome, Stacy. Yeah. Nice.

Oh, sorry. For those who are watching the replays, Daisy just chatted out that Sassy, her, AI solution creates value ladder ideas. Very nice. Love it.

Alright. Any other questions or thoughts or anything you wanna discuss today? Business stuff. Yeah, Katie.

Can I just ask Joe, so you mentioned confirmation page and confirmation emails?

Is there any where like, I love this framework. I can definitely see myself using it for myself and for clients. So, like, I could also see it maybe like, two thirds of the way through the program that you’re kind of teasing, like, what the next program could be, is there anywhere else that you think you might be able to do the match teas trigger?

Yeah. No. I think that’s awesome. The one that I just wanted to focus on is that we use, which is those confirmation pages.

Yeah. So I’m sure there are lots of great ways to use it wherever you know someone should be getting ready for that next step or thinking about it. I think that’s a great call to use it in app or throughout training. Yeah. Nice.

And do you think the video component is, I just saw Stacy’s nurture email sequences suggestion think that’s really good to end. How heavily would you weight the video component versus just having that call on the confirmation page.

Yeah. I I wouldn’t. I I mean, I think a video is, if it looks like a quick easy thing to interact with, and you’re already feeling good about that brand and you know the person that you’re looking at, then you’ll be more likely to hit play on the thing and then actually pay attention, especially if, you know, captions are on.

But yeah, I we just do video all the time with this now, and for a little while now. So it really, I would just say test it out. Just try different things, try it in different places. Yeah.

I’m not sure how much people I don’t know. I don’t know about the written side of it at all. But the video Oh, okay. Yeah, is doing good things for us.

Yeah. I think.

Sure. Fun.

Alright. Anybody else?

Jessica?

I just asked about my specific offers for your feedback. Is that okay? Yeah. Love it.

Absolutely. Okay. So I guess when I’m looking at this, where I get tripped up. The first the first steps are fine.

I think of checklists, blueprint, that kind of thing. And then once the book is done, the book or a webinar, a paid webinar, you know, something like that. I think where after that where I’ve struggled with the client part, like, I don’t have client projects enough to validate the the higher tiers. So, for example, I start going okay.

Is the starter service for seasonal sales? Would that be more of a?

Audit, I’ve never had anyone ask me for that. However, I have had to do last minute seasonal sale campaigns with like the bare bones kind of promo, which would not be the top tier kind of service that I would like to do ideally. So there’s like that question with that level. And then my my other question with a higher tier service where I get to do their seasonal sale either full calendar year with everything that I’d wanna do before and after the promo.

And then eventually, like you had mentioned when I brought up the agency idea, doing their seasonal sale campaigns and everything, but then doing all the nurturing and all that in between.

So that’s where I it’s the higher tier stuff, I guess, where I’m I’m like, I’m not sure how to break this down.

Yeah. And I wonder about, like, for the value tier for you, if it’s like, if you wanna think about the ladder going up, Right? And it’s a staircase in the drawings. I don’t understand.

But, nonetheless, it could be so you’ve got the tripwire as your book or workshop or whatever, and then you’d have done with you likely done with you as an offering than done for you. But then I wonder if, like, one of the top tier ones And it depends on where you wanna take your business. I just don’t know that you’d break it down into the different products going up the ladder, like, the different services. I mean, like, packages.

But rather one tier is all of those packages, whatever package it might be, but you sell them into it.

You, like, seed that. Right? And then is the next tier if it’s done with you, done for you, and then that next one which could be teacher team or, like, fractional copy chief or something that’s more, like, this different level of service rather than different kind of, like, product or delivery. Does that make sense?

Yeah. I like that. Yeah. And I get actually people asking for that lately. So Oh, I’m sure.

Yeah.

Yeah. I think it was all the honestly. I think that copy hacker’s copy chaffing. I’ve suddenly, over the weekend, had an influx in hay, are you still copy chaffing?

So that’s awesome. Oh, okay. Okay. That’s interesting. Okay. That gives me some food for thought.

Thank you.

Yeah. I would just think about like getting to that place where the top part of it, the top tier on your ladder is something that, leverages your time better where you just get more money for your brain, which might sound silly. But that’s kind of what it comes down to.

Yeah. Yeah. Cool. Cool. Thank you. Bye. Yeah. Totally.

Anybody else have anything they’re working on? Bless you, Abby.

It’s that time of year seasonal allergies.

Yeah.

Alright. Cool. Well, if you don’t, that’s a okay. We can wrap up early. I do wanna talk about something else that, the coaches and I are gonna be meeting Sarah and the other coaches and myself this afternoon.

We have a new we’ve been holding off on bringing anybody else into Coffee School Pro.

We’re gonna be following a slightly different process less, bringing people in this whole, like, sixty day intensive out of the gate to people to a place where they’re making, much better money faster with better leads.

So That will be happening. We’re gonna run our first one at the beginning of April.

I would encourage all of you to participate in it. If you can, you have to, but we’re gonna be talking through a lot of, we’re gonna be introducing processes and vocabulary that new people coming in to Copyschool Pro will be using. So they’ll be talking about these processes. They’ll be thinking in this sort of different way that we’ll be teaching in, this accelerator, which is we’re calling it the intensive, mostly because we just own that domain. So we’re, like, post called the tenths of freelancer because I couldn’t come up with a name.

We’ll see. That might change.

So yeah, I would encourage you if you want to, if something that’s you’re struggling with is thinking through ways to make, it’s this thousand dollar a day promise, really, are you able to make thirty thousand dollars a month. If that’s not already happening for you, then I’d encourage you to take this.

And it’s included obviously with your, existing rates. It’s gonna be in addition to the existing CSP training. So it will mean like a lot of of paying attention to lots of different training going on at once, which I know is a lot and might feel overwhelming. And I’m sorry I don’t mean for it to be that way, but I think it’ll be good for, for our for anybody who well, for all of you because we’ll all need to talk the same way going forward. So we’ll share more about that going forward. But just know that it’s gonna start around April second. That’s a Tuesday.

And then we’ll, Yeah. Well, I’ll share more before that, but just kind of like put it on your radar. Cool.

Cool. That’ll be, of course, that’s okay.

Sorry.

I told I don’t wanna, like, hog your time.

Yeah, it’s, like, about a client.

So that’s all. I did wanna share a win about this client because it’s pretty cool.

So, yeah, I help them live large in January, and then took them on to the Evergreen Robin off on all. And it’s, like, the first time I’ve kind of got to properly implement day one at Evergreen. And we increased the conversion rates from five percent to seven percent going evergreen. So they’re now making, and it’s a, twelve hundred dollar course. So that’s exciting. They’re making lots of money.

But I I want to offer an optimization piece, and I’ve kind of I had set this up before.

But I’ve never I’ve never really, like, pushed it. I guess probably because I don’t feel good about the offer.

I don’t really know, like, what to charge and how to kind of set boundaries around it. What I was thinking it would be would just be to make sure I’m tracking conversions each week. And then when left, like, outstand spikes or anything or, the ultimate, like, page drops or just kind of keeping the copy like, fresh every few months, that kind of thing, like implementing survey responses.

And I was I was gonna charge like, the package I had was, like, two thousand dollars.

I don’t know if that, like, it made sense for my audience if, like, I don’t know. I’m just it’s difficult to increase price and figure out.

So you increase their conversion rate by almost fifty percent going from five percent to seven percent.

Right? That’s an almost fifty percent lift on that paid conversions.

Can I ask what you charge for that project?

Yeah, I charged fifteen thousand for the launch and then, five thousand to Evergreen. Okay. So it’s twenty.

Twenty k all in.

They made five hundred ninety thousand dollars on the launch, and then now they’re making, like, five thousand dollars a day. So they can afford it. Right?

No.

I think it’s gonna let you answer this panel by itself.

Yeah. If you already know, a good general rule of thumb is for performance retainers if you had a project up front.

Tried to get the performance retainer to be fifty percent of that project. So if it was twenty thousand upfront, ten thousand dollars a month to retain you to optimize this thing, for a minimum of six months.

Now I know that can seem you know, five times larger than what you had in mind. But this is a real business that has seen you get real results.

And it’s the right place to start.

So I would not do it for less than two thousand dollars. I mean, most people who most businesses when you say two thousand dollars, like, they think they’re not gonna get any of your time. Right? Like, what are you gonna do for two thousand bucks?

Like, literally, what are you gonna like, how much time do I buy of yours for that? Whereas ten thousand, I expect, okay, I would expect that I will get some form of return. You’ll report on it, and you’ll make sure that we’re happy every month. And that’s what you would deliver anyway.

Right? Like you’re going. To do those things.

So what would stop you other than what’s going on in your head? So probably just what’s going on in your head. What would stop you from feeling good about ten thousand? What would have to happen for you to feel good about ten thousand a month for a minimum of six months?

I don’t like I just I can’t get my head around charging that, like, at all. That just seems so much.

I guess, like, if I if there was proof that what I was doing was actually, like, doubling their ROI every month, then it’ll be different. But I I mean, especially because it’s, like, the first time I’d be doing this package, it just feels I don’t know. Like, I just I just, like, Did did you say the make in five go date? Yes.

But it’s yeah.

Stacy, I sent me this is it’s fair for you to pause on this, but I think, you know, That’s why you’re here. Right? Like, just I it’s not as easy as saying. Just push through it, but the reality really is. You’ve already delivered well for them.

There are if unless they’re an unreasonable group of people No.

They’re so great. Yeah. Okay. Then they just sort of pay me to do everything for them, but that’s, like, I don’t wanna, like, over stretch. I don’t know.

No. I would if I were you, I’d put together a quick, like, ten point max checklist of what that performance retainer package would look like So what are the things that they’d need to get that you would do? So I so when you say, I’ll refresh coffee every three months or whatever. Like, obviously, you wouldn’t message it that way.

But, like, that is a thing. So you’ll be looking at, like, just just quickly jot down ten things that you’ll do in the month for them. And each one of those is definitely worth a thousand bucks each. I would put money on each one of those being worth a thousand dollars each.

And if it’s somehow in your brain not, then maybe it doesn’t belong on the list, or maybe you just need to skip past the part that says this this is two.

People don’t pay money for this. I think you’re letting maybe some historical stuff in there about, like, people not paying money for things influence your future, which is there. That’s what we all do. Right?

But why wouldn’t they if they’re making five thousand dollars a day, if they are I’m assuming they’re running it like a business, not like a cash machine. If they’re taking money out, then you can’t do anything about that. But if they’re reinvesting because they see this incredible future of being able to pay themselves, a million or two million dollars a year, which you can help sell them on that future for them, then they’d be absolute fools not to do this. Right?

There’s did you see that Hermozy Instagram Hermozy where he’s like the I talked about this already. It’s really compelling, and I’ve seen people knock it off, and it’s really embarrassing.

This he shows you, like, his keys to his hummer. And he says, you know, it’s two hundred thousand dollar car.

If I were to say, I’m gonna give it to you for thirty thousand dollars. Go get thirty thousand dollars cash, and you can have this, go look at this on Instagram. He’s very good at storytelling.

You’d be out of your mind not to go find thirty dollars. Right? But you have but now you have to believe that the outcome is really worth it. So they just need to believe that what they’re investing in is worth the two hundred thousand dollars that, you know, that you want to have in order for a sixty thousand dollar investment to be worth it.

Do you believe you can make two hundred thousand dollars in additional revenue for them with this performance?

You go in believing that, write it on a piece of sticky note all over. Put it every freaking where. So you can only see a little bit of yourself when you’re in the Zoom call, and that’s like, you can you can make them two hundred thousand dollars.

They would be out of their minds not to pay you sixty thousand dollars for that. The obvious next ROI is there. So I don’t know if they’re helpful for you, like, me to showed it, you liked it.

No. If you need it, please.

Yeah.

I mean, because the other thing is, say they buy ski, they They since they started working with me, they hit million and they wanna hit ten million, like, in the next couple of years to sell. They have the courses like, they have the audience. They just, like and they’re having me right. Like, I’m the only copywriter they’re working with, so I encourage, like, there’s so much money there.

I just I’m just figuring out how to, like, tap it, and it’s kind of like, I feel almost like when I’m pitching them stuff, even though they’re saying yes, like, it’s just it just feels like, like, taking too much of their money, but, like, I guess that’s just a Can I offer another another perspective?

It’s also, like, it’s not just the time. It It’s also the money that they’re paying you. It’s also the fact that to find somebody else is a huge pain in the butt. Like, I have people that I work with, right, like my accountant, and, like, I’m not super happy with him.

I could, like, have some, like, like, I wish things were better. I’d like to have to go find somebody else and teach him all about my business and, like, do all of that work. Like, that’s a huge headache. Like you’re saving them the trouble of having to find somebody else to do that for them.

Mhmm. They’re just huge.

Yeah. Mhmm. Good point.

Yeah.

I think the money is just waiting there. Yeah. And it’s just a matter of You know, I didn’t go to this Thursday session with Kirsty on mindset, where it is about thinking bigger and really, like, get into it. I would I would. I I they’ve already invested twenty thousand dollars.

They’ve already invested fifty thousand dollars.

Like, since October. Like, I know the buddy’s there.

It’s just Alright. You know, that’s tough.

You’re done. I’m cutting you off. Okay. It’s obvious. No. No. I’m just kidding.

No. No. Please. I hope everyone enjoyed my episode of Abby’s got money mindset issues.

That’s awesome.

No. I mean, I think we can talk about how to go about.

Pitching this to them in a way that feels good if that’s getting in your way. But I think even just knowing that if the rule is about half of what the project was worth is what that particular is worth, then you can take comfort in the fact that it’s a rule. And if you don’t follow that rule, then you’re breaking the rule.

Do you wanna be that person Abby? No.

No. I I need to start projecting my money share on to my clients, like, ASAP. Yeah. Okay. Thank you. Thank you for letting me.

Awesome. I wanna hear how it goes now.

Thank you.

Then once you got that first ten k retainer out of the way, that’s your new low. And now you now you keep going above it. So be scared of what’s next. Not this moment.

I mean, I am.

Awesome. Awesome. Thanks, Abby. Naomi. Do you have a question and a win to kick it off?

A win.

I reached out to Louis do you know Louis Grenier from, everyone hates marketer? So I reached out to him and he said I could write and emailed in his list.

That’s exciting. I’ve never done that before.

Oh, nice. What do you get to make the email about? What’s it for?

So I have this interesting hierarchy that I created based on Maslow’s hierarchy of needs that correlates with different levels of seniority in companies and different levels of seniority in different sized companies.

And sort of tweaking copy based on those psychological needs.

So that it still sounds very professional still sounds very polished, but it hits on those deeper needs, that people people are really thinking about.

Okay. I love it. Cool. I can’t wait to see that. Yeah.

That was exciting.

Yeah. Awesome.

So okay. So in in more and more often, I have people asking me if I can work on their social content, which is not something that I have a ton of experience in. My background is more in demand gen, but because there’s so many big changes happening right now for Google and for meta, these traditional demand gen is just not working as well as it used to, furrow. A lot of B2B companies.

If you’ve heard of Chris Walker, he’s really, really a big voice in this, in this space, like cutting a lot of the ad spend and putting that more into organic content. And so it’s been really easy for me either to charge a lot for, like, charge a lot on retainer for, for social content. And to just suggest it to people, like, say, you know, because they, they know that if they’re not publishing on LinkedIn, it looks bad. It it gives people the sense that they don’t have something going on. So it’s really easy for me to suggest to them, you know, you really, you really have to start posting.

But I’m wondering if this is profitable because it involves a lot of time throughout the week. It’s not something that you can, like, always do on one day because if it’s a B2B company, you have to talk to R and D, you have to talk to product, you have to talk to sales. You have to constantly be in the loop. What are the new features?

What are customers saying? What’s our story? It’s like, quite an intensive thing, and there has to be design involved. And it’s like my Canvas skills are not so great that be doing these things on my own.

Like, I do need help from a designer.

But it’s like there’s huge demand for it and I’m starting to get good at it. So I’m wondering if this is something profitable or it’s just a huge time suck and I should try to limit it.

Do you see it fitting into Your future, three years from now, do you see wanting to do that still? If it wasn’t for the money, three years from now, what’d you wanna do?

Social copywriting.

I mean, it’s not It’s not what I find most interesting, but I’m also factoring in the, like, the market changes and there’s sometimes there’s demand for one thing and sometimes there’s demand for other things. That’s what I’m concerned about.

Okay. I just wonder because obviously as you build thought leadership out there.

People are going to come to you for the thing that you’re building thought leadership around. And as that happens, it’s just really a question of if you’re not gonna build any thought leadership around social, then it wouldn’t make sense to do it even though it seems like a good opportunity. And that’s purely because you’ll need to start standardizing the ways that you do this, put together you know, SOPs. Think about, is there a future where you offload this to, you know, a contractor who could do the work for you?

And give you leverage. Right? If we’re talking about how to get to really good money, you do, you need sources of leverage.

So it’s hard put those things together, those things being SOPs and all of everything that goes with documentation, And the people that you then train on it, if that’s down the road for you, it’s hard to do that if you’re flipping between lots of different things that people want you to do. If you were like, I really see this as a cool opportunity. I like doing it. I know how to do it well. I could see being able to bring in a good business with this and potentially train somebody or a few people to take over the work so I don’t have to, then they’d be like, cool. That sounds like something to explore.

If it’s not, then it’s not something to explore.

I think what’s what’s causing me to hesitate is that it’s so top of funnel that unless you have amazing attribution tools, which I mean, come on.

Not even really all that good. Like, if you have the money to buy six cents, like, You can yeah.

You probably have plenty of people to manage it in house.

Like, it’s so top of funnel And it’s so hard to track that I’m hesitant as to how much money companies would be willing to invest in it. I’m wondering how scalable it is. It’s fine. It’s enjoyable.

But if you combine the fact that it’s time intensive on a daily basis because you have to keep it up in order for for for the to get more and more attention, and the fact that it’s harder to link it to revenue makes it a bad deal, even though I have lots of people all the time asking for it. Where like if I’m doing a landing page, I can see all the numbers. I can see exactly, like, if I know how much an MQL is worth or an opportunity is worth, it’s really, really easy. For me to measure how much value I’m bringing to the table in a way that social content you just can’t even if you have amazing measuring tools.

Yeah. Now this is the kind of thing where it might make more sense for you to say no to the opportunity, but to have an affiliate or referral link that you can use to send that over to, someone else who does the work really well. So To me, it sounds like it’s an opportunity, like, to make money. People are just kinda throwing it at you, and that’s the thing that you have to, like, pause on. It’s so hard to. Like, it’s always gonna be hard to.

But you can still use that moment if you identify by anybody who is good at this work. And then there, I’d never know how to say her name. Aside.

Abby just chatted that over. Then you can maybe put together a referral program with aside to start making passive revenue off of sending referrals her way.

I would think about something more like that. I agree you don’t wanna give up these opportunities. It’s hard to.

But you also can’t let it distract you from the business that you wanna build unless unless it’s lit something in you and you’re like, this would be amazing.

And then you have to get strategic about whether that’s your new business. It doesn’t sound like it is. So if it’s not, can you just send it over to somebody else and make twenty percent off of it?

What do you think of that?

I guess I’m also hesitant because I people are just not telling me that they need help with the kind of stuff that I have been training on for the past several years. Like, they’re just not running Google campaigns at the same rate. I mean, Google it like, why is Google laying off so many people? Because their platform is not it’s not making money. Right? Like these things are all connected. So I’m wondering like I’m hesitant to refer them because I’m thinking, well, marketing is changing really, really fast, and maybe it’s going to look different, and I have to keep up with the times.

So I am not like a huge advocate of making decisions from a position of, like, fear of what could come.

And I’m not saying that you’re fearful or afraid, but there is that, like, uncertainty of the unknown.

And that’s part of, like, being a business owner, is the solution to shift, to offer something different Maybe it is. There are actually absolutely times when that is. If email shut down tomorrow, if nobody was allowed to send emails anymore, then you’d you’d need to shift and you would have been happy to have started shifting earlier when looked like things were changing. So to you, right now, it looks like things are changing for demand gen when it comes to like Google ads as like top of as as the entry point or re entry point into a funnel.

If you really do believe that, and you feel at peace with shifting to social. You feel like I I could make this cool. I could I could like I could make it so valuable that even though it’s top of funnel, clients will line up and pay me good money for it. And even though I can’t attribute, real revenue to it, they’ll still be willing to pay me and I can keep raising my rates.

But if it’s out of fear and just kind of like, this isn’t working right now, but this might be working. Then I would I’d pause before making any sort of decision on that. What is keeping your business? Is it just that Google is in a little bit of trouble right now?

Google’s like a huge business though. They’re chances are very good. They’re going to get the ship righted. Right?

They’re not gonna let their enormous business go down just because of some changing behaviors out there and AI being way better than Google is.

But, I don’t know. I mean, I I can see, you know, I can see your expression. I can see. I can hear what you’re saying. To me, I would only do social media if one, it lights you up in some way. You gotta be able to get out of bed every day and be at least eighty percent of the way to happy with the job that you’re doing.

And two, can you can you really turn it into something where you can standardize?

Higher people and just be the overseeing person who generates money from those people. Because like you said, social’s a quantity game. Right? They’re gonna be putting a lot of posts out there.

And you don’t you don’t wanna be the one doing all of that work.

Yeah. Yeah. Do you think that’s something I could offload to somebody?

Do you want to? Is that a business you wanna build?

I feel like I would have to be doing a lot of work with the freelancers or with whoever whichever contractors I hire in order to, like, explain the story and explain the concept, and there would be so much go between that it wouldn’t be worth it. So if I can pitch it as, like, one of the clients I’m working with now were we’re not getting a lot of customers, but we’re getting a lot of investors liking our posts, and which is a good thing because they’re going there potentially interested in raising more money.

So if I can pitch it that way, then it is a lot it it is worth it, right? Because that could be, like, fifty million dollars for the next row, fifty million, probably close to sixty, seventy million.

So if I can pitch it that way, I do think it’s worth a lot more.

But it’s not something that I can outsource. So it would have to be I guess for the right companies.

Can I ask the question, Naomi? Just like on the topic of today’s training, is there a way that you can have this be the intro offer and then fit it into your value ladder. So, like, they come to you for the social content, but then through that interaction, you do some educating on what they really need is, like, what you actually wanna do? Does it work as an like, fit in the door for you?

It sort of worked the reverse. Like, they may come to me for one ad, but they don’t need, like, twenty ads. They just need, like, three to four ads, and I’m like, you guys aren’t posting on LinkedIn. Like, I could easily take care of that for you.

Okay.

Yeah.

Well, then I think, I mean, then I think Joe’s asked all the right questions around, like, if you want to do it.

Yeah.

Okay.

I mean, Yeah.

And it might feel like you can’t hand this off to people. But, I mean, we’re talking about building a high value business where you get good money out of it, and it makes really good consistent money So the general rule is, like, you build people, people build business. So your job isn’t actually to build the business.

If you think of it as a business that has a future state where you’re gonna make five million dollars a year, If that’s the business you’re building, you can’t make five million dollars a year as a one person shop, even if you wrote a best seller and it stayed up top of the New York Times for three years. Like, James cleared not to do everything by himself either. Right? So you you have to To get to five million, let’s say that’s your goal because why the hell not?

To get there, you’re gonna need people. To get to three hundred thousand, you’ll still need a little bit of people. So, like, the gap is not that weird. It’s full of people in there.

So I would say if you can find a way to standardize things like I know it feels like everything is custom.

But maybe sixty percent can be standardized and you can get people to do that for cheap and you train them on it, you make sure that you’ve spent two full days in one week just getting them ready to go on this. Testing them, putting them through it, and then you hand them the work. And then you make money on top of that. That can be a good path if it’s always you doing the work and it’s social media too, which it you’ll probably burn out on it one because it doesn’t it’s not why you got into this.

So you’ll burn out on lack of interest and on a lack of time. And it might even turn into a lack of money, if the market, you know, if more people start doing it, not saying that’s gonna be true.

But Right.

Okay. Yeah. Interesting. Yeah. I could see doing something, like, We do one post related to statistics and one post related to, like, overcoming objections and one post related to this. And Like, there’s a a certain tone and, yeah, I could see that.

You can theme those weeks out for them and make that part of your process. Sorry. We’re gonna be talking more about theming your social media as well, to make it easier to to do stuff there. And so, yeah, that’s if you think, hey, it might be able to be standardized, and I would give it a shot.

I know it’s late for you, but, like, maybe sometime this week, you put a block together to see, like, how could I standardize social media posting or creation of these things for VA. So maybe it means you need to hire one VA who can write captions and another who can use Canva, and you just oversee the two of them. But then you have to, of course, budget that and make sure that you can charge accordingly and that you really do have a pipeline full of people, at least three people you can easily convert tomorrow on x amount for a social media package that’s, like, more of a retainer. So you have that nice recurring revenue.

Yeah. Okay.

Yeah. Yeah.

Cool. Probably also lots of room for AI. Yeah. No shit Katie says in chat. Yeah. Totally.

I’m sure Stacy is giving that a thumbs up too for the writing stuff.

Cool. Naomi, how are you feeling about that?

I feel like it needs a lot of ironing out.

But if I could I guess, like, I could hire a contractor, like, when I’m charging sorry, I’m just gonna use checkout because it’s easier for me. If I’m charging ten, fifteen thousand checkout a month, and I can hire somebody for five thousand checkout.

That’s one half to one third of what I’m making, and then I can manage the, like, working with clients and setting the ideas for the week and editing, then it would dramatically reduce the amount time that I’m working, and I can still make sure that their brand story comes through and that the right messaging points are coming through. And that we’re actually talking about the right technology and the right features, and that I’m not just pulling things out of thin air, that might be profitable.

So I can see that working. It would still be more days a week than I would like.

But I can see it being scalable. If I can come up with, okay, we’re doing one post every two weeks on a new article that comes out, one post on overcoming actions, one post on benefits, one post on interesting statistics, depending on who we’re trying to convert something to that effect.

Yeah. Awesome. Katie, were you gonna add something?

No. I have a kind of related question just on subcontracting if it’s okay.

Okay. Cool. Yeah. Thanks, Naomi. If you have a win by chance to share Katie?

I have a new well, so we we talked to before about the agency for steps.

And I’ve sold my first project where I bundled in design. So I am project managing, and I’m, like, leaving with the designer. So it’s that’s exciting.

Amazing. Yeah.

But I’m not, like, I’m not making isn’t with the caveat because I’m not late. I didn’t I didn’t mark up the design.

Hence my question now is, like, so the agency first steps that I did, I put out, like, a call for collaborators who work with a similar audience. And now I have thirty people who, like, filled out my form, have a mix of designers, tech, like tech experts, OBMs, other copywriters, So that was kind of my, like, seeding the agency, like, getting interested people to come out of the woodwork.

But I’m I don’t know how to make money off of it. Like, I don’t I’m like, okay. So, like, I know that I could refer out to these people, and, like, it’s great to have this you know, network for to refer my clients to. But I’m kind of stuck on, like, you know, even when you were giving Naomi about whether or not she wants to work with an agency because they’re limited in how much they can pay. I’m now, like, I’m, like, well, how do I make this profitable while also being like an appealing person to work with for these people who fill like, who come out to who’ve shown up for it.

Yeah. So I would are the people that are currently subcontracting for you, are they charging a reduced rate to you or their standard rate?

That they charge them.

So currently, they haven’t, like, I ask people to share their signature offer, like, what the main thing that they do and if they have a date And everybody has shared their standard prices so far, but I did kind of, like, leave the door open, like, I’ll be in touch with, like, So the people that I like, I wanna reach back out to and, like, open the conversation about what it would look like to white label their services but I just I didn’t like, basically, I’ve been leaving them hanging now for over a week because I didn’t know what I was gonna go with in terms of my next offer.

So you’ve got designers as subcontractors who else.

What I really need is, like, OBMs who will take the emails. I might even put them into the email marketing platform, like, set up the automations for me, help people clean up their tags and stuff like that, or also because I’ve been pitching these, like, post sale sequences for people to you know, set up the triggers within the program and the conditional, you know, blah, blah, blah, blah, like so design, obviously, like, for front end stuff and then back end implementation.

Okay. Cool. Yeah.

Okay.

You won’t make money as an agency if you don’t control those expenses. Yeah. And that’s just the reality of it for every single agency.

And that’s why it can be, you know, very hard to hire the person you really want to hire.

So markups are a thing.

Definitely.

You’re not marking up at all right now.

No. I mean, but, like, This one, I was kind of like, okay, this is like a training wheels project, and then I’ll look from now on. It is definitely gonna be marked up. So And it’s a project for return.

This is a project.

Okay. Is there room because it sounds like its performance base starts measurable? You can sell it into a retainer afterward?

Yeah. I’ll probably okay. Cool. Yeah. I would encourage that.

What were you gonna say before I cut you off? Sorry.

Oh, well, just this is the one where I I did pitch her. I gave her the option of taking the performance based, but then she she was just like it’s just easier for me to know, like, what I’m gonna pay upfront. So she we went with that. Yeah.

And you can still do an upfront, like, a flat rate. Regardless of how it performs. It’s just your job as part for this retainer is to keep measuring and reporting on how it’s going. So especially if you’re doing email, like Yeah. What, like, my gosh.

So So when it comes to the subcontractors, you need to start by figuring out what profit you need for this to work. So that means you come to the contractor with the budget that you have for it, and they have to decide if they can do it for that low cost.

And it should be low. It should be, like, much lower than they would charge if they were to go out into the world because, obviously, You’re doing all the work. Right? Like, it’s all on you. Every bit of this is actually on you.

So because they could flake out on you. There’s too much risk. So you’ve got to get their rates way down, uncomfortably. But a lot of people are like, well, at least I didn’t have to sell. Like, I didn’t have to go get a client, so that’s okay.

That’s a that’s, like, step one is to gather a budget to get you to profit ability? How how much do you have to charge clients for this to work? How hard do you need to work to get them into a retainer? Like, is it really important for your business?

I would say, yes, it is. And it’s also a no brainer too for that retainer retainer again being a flat rate but you keep measuring every month how you’re doing and how it’s affecting the business. So that they see the value, but they’re always paying the same amount. So really obvious one, you start off with a project for twenty thousand dollars, then you move into a ten thousand dollar a month retainer, adjust those prices.

However, you see fit.

But if you were doing a twenty thousand dollar project with two subcontractors in there and your time in there as well, let’s say this works out over a six week or eight week period, I you wouldn’t wanna spend with those two subcontractors.

They don’t get more than five thousand dollars. Right? Like, got twenty thousand. Two of them take up half of your of your revenue already and leaving you with only thousand for your time for all of the client management you have to do for you continuing to build the business going forward you need at least ten thousand dollars for you. So five thousand would become, like, that’s the top end of what I can pay for this person to work with me for eight weeks. So twenty five hundred bucks a month for them to get these things done.

But if you know that, then Good. The number is based on the number that you need for this to be a viable agency for you. Does that make sense?

Yes. I just I feel like I guess that is assuming, certain level of standard in the projects that we’re doing, whereas I haven’t got that far yet in terms of like like, right now it’s just me being, like, okay, on the call instead of saying, like, and introduce you to somebody who does that being, like, I have a some, you know, I have somebody who can do that. So it hasn’t been, like, I don’t really have a standardized offer yet. So figuring out, like, the numbers is a is has been more hypothetical. But I can see I can see what you mean about, like, starting with the profitability, but, like, starting with a profitability versus starting with somebody else’s price.

Total that’s exactly it. It will be hypothetical too. It’ll feel uncomfortable. Like, isn’t there an easier, better k.

Have you read I would encourage you this won’t help you figure out what to pay people, but, pricing creativity by Blair ends is a good book for this.

Again, it won’t give you that, but it’ll help you just create context around making those decisions for what you pay the subcontractors, how you talk with them about their value and what they need to contribute. Like, it’s not gonna help you manage them. But you’ll be a better, armed, I think, to have a good conversation with them about prices that will feel low to them and should. If it doesn’t feel low to them, there’s probably a bit of a problem there.

But they get to work with you and all of the extra benefits of that.

Yeah, I know it’s hypothetical. It doesn’t feel as grounded as it ought to. Once you start getting into it and see what the market will bear, for new clients coming in and contractors being paid and what that gap is and how profitable you can be in there.

Then that’ll help a lot, but you just gotta start throwing numbers out, sadly.

Okay. Okay. Thank you. I would not pay more than fifty percent of the total budget on subcontractors.

Okay. Okay?

Yeah. Are you near that right now or not at all?

No. Not even co I mean, I charge fifteen k and the designer is gonna charge She’s doing, like, a show it template plus customization. She so I think her package is four k, and it involves she’ll put the email to convert kit and hook up convert kit to the site. So, like, I feel like that’s a good package for me to be pointing people to, and I just need to have a conversation with this designer about, like, bundling it into my package. Yeah.

And I’ve had a conversation with this designer in the past, like, she offered to make me an affiliate for her So, obviously, she’s comfortable, you know, knocking the price down for for ease of sale So I feel like that’s a good first relationship to build out.

Yeah. That’s awesome. Yeah. I know it’s tough.

Tough. But yeah. There is money on the other side of it. It’s just agencies at the beginning don’t feel profitable.

Until you hit that point, then it’s like, oh, there’s money here. Yeah.

Looking forward to that point. Yeah.

Alright. I’m gonna let you know it’s there. It will happen.

Cool. Okay. Thank you. Thanks, Katie. Anybody else?

On that same point, I’m wondering, like, how much time do you have to invest in training subcontractors at the beginning? Because, like, if I’m thinking of all the people that I’ve worked with, like, I would hire ninety seven percent of them. And like, because I don’t like the way that they write. I don’t think that they’re conversion focused, and they were my colleagues, obviously. So I wasn’t training them, but, like, if I take that kind of person and think like, how would I train them? Like, it would be a challenge, especially if they, especially if they had some experience because they are like stuck in their ways. They have like a way of doing it.

Yes and no. Right? So I think it’s one thing to keep in mind that’s hard for a lot of us to keep in mind is, like, it’s like, you’re the boss though. Like, you don’t have to start from a point of you’re okay.

I’m okay. Like, You’re the boss. So you get to say, here’s the standard of performance that I expect. I will train you on the standard.

I will give you the SOPs checklist. I’ll give you all the tools you need. I’m here to support you as well. We’ll have regular I promise transparency and communication with you all the time.

In exchange for that, here’s what I expect. This is this is the standard. Are we agreed on this as the standard? Here’s how we get to that standard.

Are we agreed on that as well? But that’s like, you’re you get to train them. You get to put them into that position of being able to be valuable for you so that they’re not an expense. Of course, in any way, they’re like a real asset.

So You do have to train them. You have to be ready with everything that they need to be successful in their job.

But then you get to say this is where you have to be. And then if they don’t perform to that level, then you get to have a hard conversation with them.

And you don’t it’s it is. It’s hard to find people. You have to lower your expectations and the only way to help raise those expectations. And it’s like a shoving.

Like, it’s it’s not light work. It’s like, well, you’re really working to get those expectations up across the board. Is to make sure that you’re modeling the exact behavior that you want people to follow, and that you are training them really openly and, like, allowing room for them to mess up once on a thing. Can’t mess up twice on the same thing, but again, have those that open communication with them.

But nobody walks in ready to go. Nobody ever. Even if you went and worked somewhere, you would still even though you’re at the top performance for what you do, you would still have to go and integrate into a new organization with new ways of working, maybe they do OKRs, maybe you like OKRs, and they don’t do them. Right?

There’s always gonna things that you’ll have to figure out and same is true for them. So have that empathy, but the more time you put into them, the more you’ll get out of it. And that’s why it can be so valuable to hire rather than to use hire as soon as you can if you’re building an agency.

Instead of I know a lot of people succeed with VA’s.

But if we’re talking about for important work that you’re gonna be setting down and training somebody on for hours and hours and hours, then you don’t really want them to leave. Right? You wanna, like, get them in and keep them. And that’s why a lot of agencies start with, really cheap, brand new people, like fifty thousand dollar salaries right out of school because you’re gonna be doing all sorts of training. And that’s it. And then that leaves you good room to also increase their salary as they perform well and make them wanna stay with you longer.

But yeah, I don’t know how helpful that is on the subject, but yes to training.

And if you can If you see this as an agency you’re building, can you bring in somebody to be on staff sooner than later? Colin Junior, Yeah.

And at what at what point, like, what revenue point would you consider taking somebody on? And roughly how much time would you assume? Like, Is this gonna be two weeks? Is this gonna be three months?

Like For an agency, I’d take them on immediately in a second, do you think it’s time to hire?

Do it. You just pay yourself less. It sucks. But, like, you eat ramen for a little bit and not the good stuff.

And, you’ve you’ve got them on and I have seen people who are driven. If you’re in this room, you are very likely to rise to the occasion. You’re going to find the money to pay them and yourself. And that means you’ll be taking on interesting projects.

You’ll be telling yourself I can’t go into this meeting and take less than ten thousand dollars for this retainer. I I I can’t afford it. So I need to go in there and be really good at selling them on this ten thousand dollar a month retainer. Then the next month, once you hire another person, now your retainer is a twenty dollars a month, and you have to make it work.

And you do. So if you weren’t building an agency, then there’s different ways to think about hiring, but you are, you will need people without question. So I think you need to hire, hire now. For cheap, especially if you’re gonna need to put a lot of time into them because you actually do have more time now than you’ll have over the next three years.

And then after the three years, then you’ll have more time again. But that’s when you’re at the three million mark and you have to build a leadership team at that point anyway.

Yeah. Ironing.

It’s not fun, arming so hard.

But do now. There are juniors out there who are ready to go. Just want a chance and some money, please. I just also want some money.

Cool. Any other questions or thoughts on that? On anything.

No?

No.

Sorry. I have a lot of questions. If somebody else wanted something else to say.

Would you, in terms of prioritization, I find that the thing I struggle with most is finding designers, because I can’t, like, I can’t write something without having it designed. It just won’t perform. And I need a designer that I can work with, because I need a designer that knows something about UX and will listen to me when I have suggestions.

Would it be more reasonable to hire a designer first, or should I continue to search for freelance designers that I can partner with? Because I haven’t I haven’t looked so much, but I’ve found that it’s hard to find people number one that are talented and work in the same projects that I do and number two that are available and cooperative.

Sorry. That was a service delivery.

So my I have to get into my office so badly.

Sorry. I lost track of the question I had an answer. Oh, the design stuff. Yes. Of course.

I’ve been watching Nicole here. Nicole is our designer and social media person on our team.

And so I’m sure she’s had lots opinions over the course of this meeting. I don’t know Nicole if you do have anything to add. I can say because I don’t wanna put you on the spot. Or do you want do you have something to add?

Not much to add necessarily, but it’s it’s I can understand, like, it’s hard to hire anybody. Like, designers aren’t no different than any other position, I would assume.

But I find that, a lot of designers, like, undersell themselves, and So that’s why it’s so much, like, you might find it is that much harder to, like, say, like, go on upwork because you might find an excellent designer, and they’re only charging, like, you know, fifteen dollars an hour for their work, which is silly. But sometimes, yes, that’s how it goes because there’s an oversaturation. So I can see how that would be difficult but I do find that, like, whenever back when I was freelancing, like, I did, like, being given a test project. Was really, really helpful.

And the people who are willing to do the test project, I find will be willing to learn more things and they’d probably be more of an asset to you.

Yeah. Good call. Totally.

Yeah.

And we found Nicole with a LinkedIn job posting.

So designers are looking at job openings as well, just like everybody else.

It’s hard to find them maybe in your network, but they are you post job opening, and you’ll get a lot of applicants, put them through a test, and just treat it like, you know, I mean, you’re hiring for your business. So this is the way it is. Yeah. If you think you need to bring a designer on full time because it’s part of how you sell what you do, then a job hosting together.

If it’s only a small part of what you do, like, you’re like, well, I always use them at the very end, but I give them all the direction.

And I just need them to make sure that they’re implementing what I say, then that might be something where you could find a really good VA. Like, time, etcetera dot com is who we use and so far so good.

And that if if it is a small amount of work, then a VA could do it. If it’s gonna be a lot, you see a recurring need for it, do a job posting for a a designer. Yeah.

Yeah. It’s more like if I wanna take on somebody to do social work, like there needs to be design, And a lot of times smaller companies just don’t have the design in house, or if they do have the design in house, either they’re a new first they’re a new because obviously you need to keep the product, like, you need to have design for the product, or they have if they have a marketing designer, there’s only one marketing designer, and they have like one hundred thousand things on their plate, and social is the very, very bottom of the list. So I’m left using Canva, even for large companies that have millions of dollars in funding.

So that’s why I’m wondering, like, if I’m gonna hire somebody, maybe it would make more sense to hire a designer before I hire a contractor.

It sounds like it. Yeah. It sounds like if it’s if it’s a big enough pain for you, and it’s really getting in the way of delivering.

Higher one. Yeah. You can think about different ways to hire them, but of the really good things about hiring people is it lights fire under your butt to make more money. You gotta make payroll. So you gotta do it. I would If it’s it sounds to me like that is the first hire that you need, you’ll probably need to have, like, someone else in your back pocket.

Shortly thereafter to, help, actually help you create those assets outside of designing them.

Some sort of content strategist or a copyright or whatever that person is.

But, yeah, hire them and, like, as a full timer.

And then but but make sure you put a plan together for how you’re going to make money and be profitable.

So don’t wing it, but it probably starts by just, like, doubling your rates right now and then watching all the training you can on how do how to sell better, like, sell like a freaking champ, not that you can’t, but it does not hurt. Sales is gonna be, like, your best friend as you build out your agency.

Yeah. Mhmm.

That makes sense. Oh. And do you have a sense until the point where I do feel comfortable to hire, maybe you could help. I have no idea what a designer should earn.

Like per project, per hour, no clue whatsoever.

Like I value it. I just don’t know how much is worth to pay for it.

I I mean, it totally depends where they are, but if it doesn’t matter where they are to you, then I’d put the salary low.

People always think that they need to put their salary really high, and it’s I not actually found that a higher salary brings in like, at the same level of higher candidate. It’s just often it’s someone who wishes they couldn’t earn that much money.

I know they’re like, no, man. No. And you find really good candidates at the lower salary as well. So don’t don’t lead with it has to be a high salary.

If they can work anywhere, that’s a benefit. If you can add in extra perks, like give them Fridays off. Just do it. Just out of the gate.

Just do it. Then these are the perks that will attract stay at home parents who have a design background.

And then you don’t have to worry about the salary being bananas.

But I wouldn’t know what that salary is. It completely depends. If they’re junior, if they’re right out of school, I know that you can, like, do a glass door to see what salaries there are. I don’t know how much I would rely on that though.

I mean, the number that comes to mind for me is fifty thousand. It’s not a lot of money at all, but it’s a good junior salary.

And it leaves you room to bonus them based on performance. If they do a killer job, you can give them a really nice bonus, then they’re like, wow, that’s cool. Also to increase their salary as well. Like six months later, if they prove that they’re amazing and you are like relieved of so much of the crap you’ve had to do so that you can go bring in more clients and hire more.

They’re really proving their value to you, then you can increase their salary. Course, you don’t have to wait to do it. You can do that at any point, but I wouldn’t start. I don’t know.

I don’t know what fifty thousand if fifty thousand is too low in today’s market or what, but start there and see what you get. You want juniors, right? You basically do. You want them to be able to use the tools and have a good design eye.

But you’re gonna have to teach them so much.

Yeah. Okay. Interesting. Thank you.

Alright. Cool. Cool.

Anybody else in the remaining eight minutes?

No? Good talk about all of this hiring stuff today. It makes me excited for everybody. It’s so cool.

Wicked. Okay. Well, then let’s wrap up. Thank you very much. Don’t forget. To attend the Thursday session thinking bigger.

K? And we’ll chat with you all online. See you later. Have a good one. Have a good week.

Transcript

So today’s topic is around value ladders. And like my favorite topics for these weekly sessions, it is something you can use for your business. And also for your clients.

So, something to really consider.

But we’re gonna dive in This is recording. So the replay, of course, will be available. If you can come on camera, please do so. Just so everybody can see you, feel connected, etcetera.

Okay. So today we’re we’re talking about something that is based on the value ladder. Now, most people are familiar with the value ladder, but it’s okay not to be. So I’m just gonna really briefly discuss the value ladder.

If you want to add anything more to it, to my really brief intro to it, then feel free to. This is a medium post on the value ladder. Click funnels is a really big advocate of the value ladder. Hold on.

I just wanna make sure that my audio is okay.

Good. Okay. Good. So the value ladder is really just a way to keep people coming back for that neck level of value from your organization, which usually translates into money.

And that can mean different things for different businesses. So value ladders are really common in, you know, training businesses, online, like courses, mastermind, stuff like that, and mastermind is at the top of those value ladders, but they can also be used for other things.

Ecommerce can do this to add incredible value to their customer base. If you, I’ve mentioned the book Super Consumers before, It’s a really great study overall in the whole idea of a value ladder for e commerce, really, and how to get people all over the place, to, to keep coming back and buying from you, not just buying more sweaters from your e commerce shop. But more of, like, let’s take you to the next tier of being an engaged shopper and admirer advocate of fan of our brand. So, although it can feel like a value ladder is all about let’s just, you know, get more money out of your existing customer base, sell them more expensive stuff.

That’s not necessarily what it’s about. Some people I think, like, click funnels might know if that’s to click funnels a little bit might often, you know, put out this narrative that can make it feel that way, but it really is how much, like, what do you wanna what how do you wanna use this? SAS can use this for upgrading people through it if you think of something like Stripe, which could move a business owner through a value ladder and a developer a different value ladder, bringing them further into this world of loving strike. That’s what we’re really trying to do with the value ladder.

Give more value. You charge more for it, of course. But those people who really want more, are ready for it. Now, one of the tricky things is, and what we’re gonna be talking about today is how do you prepare people for that value ladder.

How do you get your customers to even know about this stuff? I know copy hackers has struggled with this a bit over the years. Abby, I think you mentioned that at some point, you said you found copy hackers through, like, social media. You found one course and then you didn’t even know the other courses existed or something like that.

And I think that’s like, it happens. It happens to all of us. We at Copy Acres didn’t have an intentional value ladder for a very long time, much to the dismay of our ad agency. It was like you need a value ladder because ads are too expensive.

So it but it can tough. Right? Like, how do you share out your value ladder with people before they’re actually maybe even ready for the thing on that ladder. When you have the tripwire, which is usually the bottom of this value ladder, and you wanna get them into the seven dollar ebook or and then up to the ninety nine dollar a month community all the way up to the top tier, your mastermind or whatever that might be, how do you let them know that something’s coming next that they should be prepared for? And that can be a valuable thing to do. So that’s what we’re talking about today.

This ladder prep idea. It’s kind of ladder hype to get people hyped for what’s next, but hype sounds so hypey it doesn’t have to be. It’s really just like seeding, the idea that there is going to become a moment. There’s going to come a moment when you’re going to want more from us. Here’s when that moment is, and here’s what you can expect to do in that moment. So if you’re already familiar with this sort of approach, well done.

And if you’re not cool, we’re gonna walk through it. Now, this is meant for your confirmation page. If you’re going script a video, oftentimes for a confirmation page, or just the copy on the confirmation page. If, like, there’s not a video or even if there is a video, and also email copy again when someone has just become a customer of some form.

So they’ve downloaded your lead magnet or they’ve gone through different part of the value ladder, you know as the marketer, Hey, we’ve got this next thing in store for you. And this is the moment at which because it’s a seduce a seducible moment, this is a great moment to start seeding what comes next and how to know when the time comes to go to that next thing. So the value ladder is off to the left here. The m t t framework goes match.

Trigger teas. Okay? Trigger and teas can be interchanged. Sometimes you teas and then you tell them what the trigger is, Sometimes you tell them what the trigger is and then you tease that next thing. But let me walk you through this. So this is the value ladder kinda going in reverse starting with the cheapest thing here, and then we’re moving all the way up to the more expensive thing. This is based on a value ladder that Paul on our team just went through for, Evergreen webinar funnel training.

So I’m just taking exactly what, that layout was, like the value ladder for them. This have made up. But we can imagine how this might go. Right?

So we start with the free thing, the lead magnet. You wanna write this for your own value ladder or for your client’s value ladder, and this could keep going. Right? This is just an example.

It could go down seven rows or whatever. However, many items there are in that value ladder. So we start with this zero dollar thing just to get their email address. Then, of course, there’s a tripwire.

It’s usually called a tripwire. If that’s unfamiliar language, it’s the cheap thing.

Then comes a starter product or service. And then some intermediate or even sometimes this is the top tier. This is where it ends. It doesn’t have to end here, but it might. Right? So this is the basic value ladder.

Cool. What do you do with that? Not everybody needs to move up the value ladder. Some people are ready to jump the top of it, but we’re just trying to solve for how do we get people to start thinking about the next thing they should buy from us.

Not Ken. But should. We’re going to tell them that should moment. This is the moment at which you should be switching over to whatever that other thing is.

So we write this out. First, we match. So when they download the thing, when they just downloaded the lead magnet, then we match on the confirmation page and or on the confirmation email where we’re sending them the thing. Hey, you’ve just snagged a free copy of the No pitch webinar template we’ve used for some of our highest converting webinars.

Cool. We’re matching exactly where they are, staying enthusiastic with them. It’s a good moment. You’ve done a good thing.

This is fantastic. And then we want to trigger, in some cases, t’s, but usually it’s easiest to just start with the trigger, which is telling them what that trigger moment is going to be in their lives that will be a signal to them that it’s time to think of what’s next. So, hey, you’ve just done this thing. Cool.

Awesome. You’re great. Once you’ve filled in that template and used it just once, you’ll be ready for the next step in generating six or even seven figures with your webinar. This is the trigger.

Once you have filled in that template and used it just once. I know as a user that I have or have not done that thing, if I never fill in that template, I’m not really gonna be a good fit, unless I’m so ready that I’ll go around and look and start emailing you to say like, hey, how do I just get into your training?

And then comes the tease. That next step will be our thirty minute workshop. That’s this thing on how to run a webinar that is sure. Oops, sorry typo, to convert even if it’s second webinar ever.

But for now, and then you go back and tell them what to do now, head on into that template, use it, and then I’ll hear from you after you’re done with it. Or then you can send me an email when you’re all done, whatever call to action you might wanna do if you wanna do one. That’s really it. This tease is for the next thing in the value ladder.

So every time we see that tease, it’ll be for what’s coming up. And if there is nothing else coming up, then there is this for the final one, you just leave these two blank. So again, tripwire is, hey, so cool. You’re in our workshop on how to run a webinar that converts.

Fantastic for businesses like yours because it does all these great cool things that you already thought it was gonna do. We’re just matching that. Now we’re reversing it a bit for the teas and trigger. And said, we’re saying, and if you’re anything like me, you’re so pumped about this workshop that you’re already thinking about what’s next.

So we’re teasing something’s going to come next. And I will tell you all about that, but the trigger before you can unlock the incredible next stage, here is what needs to happen first. You need to see the slide. This is just a fascination that looks like this.

And then you, like, show them the slide. Some it’s a fascination. Right? It’s something for them to watch for.

When they’re actually going through it. That’s when you’ll know you’re ready. But for now, just focus on attending, putting this into your calendar or whatever that calls might be. Is this making sense?

Can you see how this works?

Can you see the value in seeding that next step? Or customers. Does that make sense?

Cool. Alright. So this is what you’ll do. You don’t have to do it today. It’s not like a thing we need to do But it is something that you should do if you are thinking about your value ladder for yourself or if you have clients who come to you and either speak the language of we have a value ladder, how do we move people through it, or they’re doing ads of any kind.

If they’re spending money on They probably have some top tier or higher tier thing to get people into. They might not come to you and say, like, Hey, let’s do something to walk people through our value ladder, but they come to you and go like, we’re spending so much money on ads. How do we get people to convert and how do we get our new our existing customers to do more with us. Right?

We’re sending emails and it’s like they don’t even know whatever, whatever, whatever. But they’re coming to you with revenue challenges, and they find that they’re also spending money upfront to acquire leads and retargeting to try to get those customers back. A really easy win is hey, I’m gonna script some confirmation page videos for you. I think you can hop on your phone with these scripts and report them.

Cool. We’ll do some emails as well. And then you’re already moving them along a path of being able to open especially if they have a sales team of any kind being able to open up those conversations with people without having to do, like, an excessive amount of work or even old work around opening conversations.

Okay. So that is the long and the short of it. Any questions? Anybody?

Do you feel like you could use this?

Yeah, I feel like it’s what I’ve been needing because, like, I think I shared my problem last week where I’ve got my five hundred dollar course and then nothing really happens after that.

I guess my kind of my thought is that, so in my course, I I teach the copywriting, the conversion piece. But I don’t I don’t teach how to, like, drive traffic to so kind of thinking about your lesson from last week as well with the quadrant. So that’s kind of in order to get them to, like, six figures, seven figures, the point where they could afford to hire me.

That bit needs solving. I I’ve never wanted to solve that piece because it doesn’t excite me or interest me, and it’s not what I’m an expert in.

But I feel like for the value center letter to work, I need do I need to solve that? Would that be a case of bringing someone in to teach it or any thoughts?

In I mean, in this case, it’s like how how important is the traffic part to your process. If it is important then That it’s not important to my process, but it is for them to get the results.

Right? Because even if their conversion rates are there, they’re not getting people in.

If they’re not getting people into their evergreen funnel.

Yeah.

To me, I mean, it feels like, oof, overkill, but I think I’d be lying to you if I said if it’s important to your process, you don’t need to of course, it is.

If it’s if it’s not your process, but in order to get people in, they’re never able to do anything. It’s like, but at the same time, you can consult on that. Just like in conversion rate optimization. Someone brings a CRO agency in and says, Hey, we need this funnel to convert better or this journey or whatever.

The CRO agency is only there to worry about that funnel. Then the company has to go, oh, crap. We need to get more trapped. In here because we can’t run a test with five people coming through this every day.

So I would consider for you, although it is an important input doesn’t have to be part of your process.

And then just cut it out if it doesn’t have to be. If it has to be, then I would say, yes. You have to find a way to solve those traffic challenges, which could just be having a really great VA that you can reach out to when you need to, who’s good at basic ads and, and, like, demand generation stuff.

I know that’s not great, but either find a way to pull it out of your process or, yeah, you’re right. You have to solve that problem.

Yeah. Okay. Thanks, Jared.

Yeah. What do you think about that?

Yeah. I mean, it was kinda like, I like my course as it is, and I don’t wanna change it, but it is, yeah, I mean, I do is a problem that used to be solved. And it’s also, like, in my kind of why didn’t you buy emails. It’s it’s been coming up that people are like, I don’t does this do I have to, like, post on social media every day to get this to work?

So, I mean, I have been thinking about bringing in, like, an art specialist to do just stay hour, like, master class or something in the course or in half an hour one or something. So I think this is kind of confirmed that probably is makes my sense if the next step is for them to hire me because then they really need to be making good money with the system. So Totally. Yes.

Yeah. Yep. That makes good sense. I don’t know if anybody else has any other thoughts on that, but, yeah, seems smart. Seems like the way to go.

Yeah.

Thank you.

Thanks, Abby. Anyone else? Any notes or thoughts on the MTP?

Framework and value ladders at all.

Are you using value ladders with your clients?

Nobody is.

Abby is the one person. I know it can be tough for SaaS and things like that, but I would like encourage you SaaS and software and tech. They have lead magnets. They have free trials. They have free tiers, and then they have more tiers to to get you up to that next level.

So it’s important to also bring that to tech as well. It feels really easy to dismiss it as if tech is some entity unto itself that no other business has ever matched or felt like comes close to, and that’s just like, not true. Like, not true at all. Once you actually get into these businesses, they’re they’re all money making endeavors, just with different ways there. Okay. Cool.

Sassy. Oh, that’s cool. That’s awesome, Stacy. Yeah. Nice.

Oh, sorry. For those who are watching the replays, Daisy just chatted out that Sassy, her, AI solution creates value ladder ideas. Very nice. Love it.

Alright. Any other questions or thoughts or anything you wanna discuss today? Business stuff. Yeah, Katie.

Can I just ask Joe, so you mentioned confirmation page and confirmation emails?

Is there any where like, I love this framework. I can definitely see myself using it for myself and for clients. So, like, I could also see it maybe like, two thirds of the way through the program that you’re kind of teasing, like, what the next program could be, is there anywhere else that you think you might be able to do the match teas trigger?

Yeah. No. I think that’s awesome. The one that I just wanted to focus on is that we use, which is those confirmation pages.

Yeah. So I’m sure there are lots of great ways to use it wherever you know someone should be getting ready for that next step or thinking about it. I think that’s a great call to use it in app or throughout training. Yeah. Nice.

And do you think the video component is, I just saw Stacy’s nurture email sequences suggestion think that’s really good to end. How heavily would you weight the video component versus just having that call on the confirmation page.

Yeah. I I wouldn’t. I I mean, I think a video is, if it looks like a quick easy thing to interact with, and you’re already feeling good about that brand and you know the person that you’re looking at, then you’ll be more likely to hit play on the thing and then actually pay attention, especially if, you know, captions are on.

But yeah, I we just do video all the time with this now, and for a little while now. So it really, I would just say test it out. Just try different things, try it in different places. Yeah.

I’m not sure how much people I don’t know. I don’t know about the written side of it at all. But the video Oh, okay. Yeah, is doing good things for us.

Yeah. I think.

Sure. Fun.

Alright. Anybody else?

Jessica?

I just asked about my specific offers for your feedback. Is that okay? Yeah. Love it.

Absolutely. Okay. So I guess when I’m looking at this, where I get tripped up. The first the first steps are fine.

I think of checklists, blueprint, that kind of thing. And then once the book is done, the book or a webinar, a paid webinar, you know, something like that. I think where after that where I’ve struggled with the client part, like, I don’t have client projects enough to validate the the higher tiers. So, for example, I start going okay.

Is the starter service for seasonal sales? Would that be more of a?

Audit, I’ve never had anyone ask me for that. However, I have had to do last minute seasonal sale campaigns with like the bare bones kind of promo, which would not be the top tier kind of service that I would like to do ideally. So there’s like that question with that level. And then my my other question with a higher tier service where I get to do their seasonal sale either full calendar year with everything that I’d wanna do before and after the promo.

And then eventually, like you had mentioned when I brought up the agency idea, doing their seasonal sale campaigns and everything, but then doing all the nurturing and all that in between.

So that’s where I it’s the higher tier stuff, I guess, where I’m I’m like, I’m not sure how to break this down.

Yeah. And I wonder about, like, for the value tier for you, if it’s like, if you wanna think about the ladder going up, Right? And it’s a staircase in the drawings. I don’t understand.

But, nonetheless, it could be so you’ve got the tripwire as your book or workshop or whatever, and then you’d have done with you likely done with you as an offering than done for you. But then I wonder if, like, one of the top tier ones And it depends on where you wanna take your business. I just don’t know that you’d break it down into the different products going up the ladder, like, the different services. I mean, like, packages.

But rather one tier is all of those packages, whatever package it might be, but you sell them into it.

You, like, seed that. Right? And then is the next tier if it’s done with you, done for you, and then that next one which could be teacher team or, like, fractional copy chief or something that’s more, like, this different level of service rather than different kind of, like, product or delivery. Does that make sense?

Yeah. I like that. Yeah. And I get actually people asking for that lately. So Oh, I’m sure.

Yeah.

Yeah. I think it was all the honestly. I think that copy hacker’s copy chaffing. I’ve suddenly, over the weekend, had an influx in hay, are you still copy chaffing?

So that’s awesome. Oh, okay. Okay. That’s interesting. Okay. That gives me some food for thought.

Thank you.

Yeah. I would just think about like getting to that place where the top part of it, the top tier on your ladder is something that, leverages your time better where you just get more money for your brain, which might sound silly. But that’s kind of what it comes down to.

Yeah. Yeah. Cool. Cool. Thank you. Bye. Yeah. Totally.

Anybody else have anything they’re working on? Bless you, Abby.

It’s that time of year seasonal allergies.

Yeah.

Alright. Cool. Well, if you don’t, that’s a okay. We can wrap up early. I do wanna talk about something else that, the coaches and I are gonna be meeting Sarah and the other coaches and myself this afternoon.

We have a new we’ve been holding off on bringing anybody else into Coffee School Pro.

We’re gonna be following a slightly different process less, bringing people in this whole, like, sixty day intensive out of the gate to people to a place where they’re making, much better money faster with better leads.

So That will be happening. We’re gonna run our first one at the beginning of April.

I would encourage all of you to participate in it. If you can, you have to, but we’re gonna be talking through a lot of, we’re gonna be introducing processes and vocabulary that new people coming in to Copyschool Pro will be using. So they’ll be talking about these processes. They’ll be thinking in this sort of different way that we’ll be teaching in, this accelerator, which is we’re calling it the intensive, mostly because we just own that domain. So we’re, like, post called the tenths of freelancer because I couldn’t come up with a name.

We’ll see. That might change.

So yeah, I would encourage you if you want to, if something that’s you’re struggling with is thinking through ways to make, it’s this thousand dollar a day promise, really, are you able to make thirty thousand dollars a month. If that’s not already happening for you, then I’d encourage you to take this.

And it’s included obviously with your, existing rates. It’s gonna be in addition to the existing CSP training. So it will mean like a lot of of paying attention to lots of different training going on at once, which I know is a lot and might feel overwhelming. And I’m sorry I don’t mean for it to be that way, but I think it’ll be good for, for our for anybody who well, for all of you because we’ll all need to talk the same way going forward. So we’ll share more about that going forward. But just know that it’s gonna start around April second. That’s a Tuesday.

And then we’ll, Yeah. Well, I’ll share more before that, but just kind of like put it on your radar. Cool.

Cool. That’ll be, of course, that’s okay.

Sorry.

I told I don’t wanna, like, hog your time.

Yeah, it’s, like, about a client.

So that’s all. I did wanna share a win about this client because it’s pretty cool.

So, yeah, I help them live large in January, and then took them on to the Evergreen Robin off on all. And it’s, like, the first time I’ve kind of got to properly implement day one at Evergreen. And we increased the conversion rates from five percent to seven percent going evergreen. So they’re now making, and it’s a, twelve hundred dollar course. So that’s exciting. They’re making lots of money.

But I I want to offer an optimization piece, and I’ve kind of I had set this up before.

But I’ve never I’ve never really, like, pushed it. I guess probably because I don’t feel good about the offer.

I don’t really know, like, what to charge and how to kind of set boundaries around it. What I was thinking it would be would just be to make sure I’m tracking conversions each week. And then when left, like, outstand spikes or anything or, the ultimate, like, page drops or just kind of keeping the copy like, fresh every few months, that kind of thing, like implementing survey responses.

And I was I was gonna charge like, the package I had was, like, two thousand dollars.

I don’t know if that, like, it made sense for my audience if, like, I don’t know. I’m just it’s difficult to increase price and figure out.

So you increase their conversion rate by almost fifty percent going from five percent to seven percent.

Right? That’s an almost fifty percent lift on that paid conversions.

Can I ask what you charge for that project?

Yeah, I charged fifteen thousand for the launch and then, five thousand to Evergreen. Okay. So it’s twenty.

Twenty k all in.

They made five hundred ninety thousand dollars on the launch, and then now they’re making, like, five thousand dollars a day. So they can afford it. Right?

No.

I think it’s gonna let you answer this panel by itself.

Yeah. If you already know, a good general rule of thumb is for performance retainers if you had a project up front.

Tried to get the performance retainer to be fifty percent of that project. So if it was twenty thousand upfront, ten thousand dollars a month to retain you to optimize this thing, for a minimum of six months.

Now I know that can seem you know, five times larger than what you had in mind. But this is a real business that has seen you get real results.

And it’s the right place to start.

So I would not do it for less than two thousand dollars. I mean, most people who most businesses when you say two thousand dollars, like, they think they’re not gonna get any of your time. Right? Like, what are you gonna do for two thousand bucks?

Like, literally, what are you gonna like, how much time do I buy of yours for that? Whereas ten thousand, I expect, okay, I would expect that I will get some form of return. You’ll report on it, and you’ll make sure that we’re happy every month. And that’s what you would deliver anyway.

Right? Like you’re going. To do those things.

So what would stop you other than what’s going on in your head? So probably just what’s going on in your head. What would stop you from feeling good about ten thousand? What would have to happen for you to feel good about ten thousand a month for a minimum of six months?

I don’t like I just I can’t get my head around charging that, like, at all. That just seems so much.

I guess, like, if I if there was proof that what I was doing was actually, like, doubling their ROI every month, then it’ll be different. But I I mean, especially because it’s, like, the first time I’d be doing this package, it just feels I don’t know. Like, I just I just, like, Did did you say the make in five go date? Yes.

But it’s yeah.

Stacy, I sent me this is it’s fair for you to pause on this, but I think, you know, That’s why you’re here. Right? Like, just I it’s not as easy as saying. Just push through it, but the reality really is. You’ve already delivered well for them.

There are if unless they’re an unreasonable group of people No.

They’re so great. Yeah. Okay. Then they just sort of pay me to do everything for them, but that’s, like, I don’t wanna, like, over stretch. I don’t know.

No. I would if I were you, I’d put together a quick, like, ten point max checklist of what that performance retainer package would look like So what are the things that they’d need to get that you would do? So I so when you say, I’ll refresh coffee every three months or whatever. Like, obviously, you wouldn’t message it that way.

But, like, that is a thing. So you’ll be looking at, like, just just quickly jot down ten things that you’ll do in the month for them. And each one of those is definitely worth a thousand bucks each. I would put money on each one of those being worth a thousand dollars each.

And if it’s somehow in your brain not, then maybe it doesn’t belong on the list, or maybe you just need to skip past the part that says this this is two.

People don’t pay money for this. I think you’re letting maybe some historical stuff in there about, like, people not paying money for things influence your future, which is there. That’s what we all do. Right?

But why wouldn’t they if they’re making five thousand dollars a day, if they are I’m assuming they’re running it like a business, not like a cash machine. If they’re taking money out, then you can’t do anything about that. But if they’re reinvesting because they see this incredible future of being able to pay themselves, a million or two million dollars a year, which you can help sell them on that future for them, then they’d be absolute fools not to do this. Right?

There’s did you see that Hermozy Instagram Hermozy where he’s like the I talked about this already. It’s really compelling, and I’ve seen people knock it off, and it’s really embarrassing.

This he shows you, like, his keys to his hummer. And he says, you know, it’s two hundred thousand dollar car.

If I were to say, I’m gonna give it to you for thirty thousand dollars. Go get thirty thousand dollars cash, and you can have this, go look at this on Instagram. He’s very good at storytelling.

You’d be out of your mind not to go find thirty dollars. Right? But you have but now you have to believe that the outcome is really worth it. So they just need to believe that what they’re investing in is worth the two hundred thousand dollars that, you know, that you want to have in order for a sixty thousand dollar investment to be worth it.

Do you believe you can make two hundred thousand dollars in additional revenue for them with this performance?

You go in believing that, write it on a piece of sticky note all over. Put it every freaking where. So you can only see a little bit of yourself when you’re in the Zoom call, and that’s like, you can you can make them two hundred thousand dollars.

They would be out of their minds not to pay you sixty thousand dollars for that. The obvious next ROI is there. So I don’t know if they’re helpful for you, like, me to showed it, you liked it.

No. If you need it, please.

Yeah.

I mean, because the other thing is, say they buy ski, they They since they started working with me, they hit million and they wanna hit ten million, like, in the next couple of years to sell. They have the courses like, they have the audience. They just, like and they’re having me right. Like, I’m the only copywriter they’re working with, so I encourage, like, there’s so much money there.

I just I’m just figuring out how to, like, tap it, and it’s kind of like, I feel almost like when I’m pitching them stuff, even though they’re saying yes, like, it’s just it just feels like, like, taking too much of their money, but, like, I guess that’s just a Can I offer another another perspective?

It’s also, like, it’s not just the time. It It’s also the money that they’re paying you. It’s also the fact that to find somebody else is a huge pain in the butt. Like, I have people that I work with, right, like my accountant, and, like, I’m not super happy with him.

I could, like, have some, like, like, I wish things were better. I’d like to have to go find somebody else and teach him all about my business and, like, do all of that work. Like, that’s a huge headache. Like you’re saving them the trouble of having to find somebody else to do that for them.

Mhmm. They’re just huge.

Yeah. Mhmm. Good point.

Yeah.

I think the money is just waiting there. Yeah. And it’s just a matter of You know, I didn’t go to this Thursday session with Kirsty on mindset, where it is about thinking bigger and really, like, get into it. I would I would. I I they’ve already invested twenty thousand dollars.

They’ve already invested fifty thousand dollars.

Like, since October. Like, I know the buddy’s there.

It’s just Alright. You know, that’s tough.

You’re done. I’m cutting you off. Okay. It’s obvious. No. No. I’m just kidding.

No. No. Please. I hope everyone enjoyed my episode of Abby’s got money mindset issues.

That’s awesome.

No. I mean, I think we can talk about how to go about.

Pitching this to them in a way that feels good if that’s getting in your way. But I think even just knowing that if the rule is about half of what the project was worth is what that particular is worth, then you can take comfort in the fact that it’s a rule. And if you don’t follow that rule, then you’re breaking the rule.

Do you wanna be that person Abby? No.

No. I I need to start projecting my money share on to my clients, like, ASAP. Yeah. Okay. Thank you. Thank you for letting me.

Awesome. I wanna hear how it goes now.

Thank you.

Then once you got that first ten k retainer out of the way, that’s your new low. And now you now you keep going above it. So be scared of what’s next. Not this moment.

I mean, I am.

Awesome. Awesome. Thanks, Abby. Naomi. Do you have a question and a win to kick it off?

A win.

I reached out to Louis do you know Louis Grenier from, everyone hates marketer? So I reached out to him and he said I could write and emailed in his list.

That’s exciting. I’ve never done that before.

Oh, nice. What do you get to make the email about? What’s it for?

So I have this interesting hierarchy that I created based on Maslow’s hierarchy of needs that correlates with different levels of seniority in companies and different levels of seniority in different sized companies.

And sort of tweaking copy based on those psychological needs.

So that it still sounds very professional still sounds very polished, but it hits on those deeper needs, that people people are really thinking about.

Okay. I love it. Cool. I can’t wait to see that. Yeah.

That was exciting.

Yeah. Awesome.

So okay. So in in more and more often, I have people asking me if I can work on their social content, which is not something that I have a ton of experience in. My background is more in demand gen, but because there’s so many big changes happening right now for Google and for meta, these traditional demand gen is just not working as well as it used to, furrow. A lot of B2B companies.

If you’ve heard of Chris Walker, he’s really, really a big voice in this, in this space, like cutting a lot of the ad spend and putting that more into organic content. And so it’s been really easy for me either to charge a lot for, like, charge a lot on retainer for, for social content. And to just suggest it to people, like, say, you know, because they, they know that if they’re not publishing on LinkedIn, it looks bad. It it gives people the sense that they don’t have something going on. So it’s really easy for me to suggest to them, you know, you really, you really have to start posting.

But I’m wondering if this is profitable because it involves a lot of time throughout the week. It’s not something that you can, like, always do on one day because if it’s a B2B company, you have to talk to R and D, you have to talk to product, you have to talk to sales. You have to constantly be in the loop. What are the new features?

What are customers saying? What’s our story? It’s like, quite an intensive thing, and there has to be design involved. And it’s like my Canvas skills are not so great that be doing these things on my own.

Like, I do need help from a designer.

But it’s like there’s huge demand for it and I’m starting to get good at it. So I’m wondering if this is something profitable or it’s just a huge time suck and I should try to limit it.

Do you see it fitting into Your future, three years from now, do you see wanting to do that still? If it wasn’t for the money, three years from now, what’d you wanna do?

Social copywriting.

I mean, it’s not It’s not what I find most interesting, but I’m also factoring in the, like, the market changes and there’s sometimes there’s demand for one thing and sometimes there’s demand for other things. That’s what I’m concerned about.

Okay. I just wonder because obviously as you build thought leadership out there.

People are going to come to you for the thing that you’re building thought leadership around. And as that happens, it’s just really a question of if you’re not gonna build any thought leadership around social, then it wouldn’t make sense to do it even though it seems like a good opportunity. And that’s purely because you’ll need to start standardizing the ways that you do this, put together you know, SOPs. Think about, is there a future where you offload this to, you know, a contractor who could do the work for you?

And give you leverage. Right? If we’re talking about how to get to really good money, you do, you need sources of leverage.

So it’s hard put those things together, those things being SOPs and all of everything that goes with documentation, And the people that you then train on it, if that’s down the road for you, it’s hard to do that if you’re flipping between lots of different things that people want you to do. If you were like, I really see this as a cool opportunity. I like doing it. I know how to do it well. I could see being able to bring in a good business with this and potentially train somebody or a few people to take over the work so I don’t have to, then they’d be like, cool. That sounds like something to explore.

If it’s not, then it’s not something to explore.

I think what’s what’s causing me to hesitate is that it’s so top of funnel that unless you have amazing attribution tools, which I mean, come on.

Not even really all that good. Like, if you have the money to buy six cents, like, You can yeah.

You probably have plenty of people to manage it in house.

Like, it’s so top of funnel And it’s so hard to track that I’m hesitant as to how much money companies would be willing to invest in it. I’m wondering how scalable it is. It’s fine. It’s enjoyable.

But if you combine the fact that it’s time intensive on a daily basis because you have to keep it up in order for for for the to get more and more attention, and the fact that it’s harder to link it to revenue makes it a bad deal, even though I have lots of people all the time asking for it. Where like if I’m doing a landing page, I can see all the numbers. I can see exactly, like, if I know how much an MQL is worth or an opportunity is worth, it’s really, really easy. For me to measure how much value I’m bringing to the table in a way that social content you just can’t even if you have amazing measuring tools.

Yeah. Now this is the kind of thing where it might make more sense for you to say no to the opportunity, but to have an affiliate or referral link that you can use to send that over to, someone else who does the work really well. So To me, it sounds like it’s an opportunity, like, to make money. People are just kinda throwing it at you, and that’s the thing that you have to, like, pause on. It’s so hard to. Like, it’s always gonna be hard to.

But you can still use that moment if you identify by anybody who is good at this work. And then there, I’d never know how to say her name. Aside.

Abby just chatted that over. Then you can maybe put together a referral program with aside to start making passive revenue off of sending referrals her way.

I would think about something more like that. I agree you don’t wanna give up these opportunities. It’s hard to.

But you also can’t let it distract you from the business that you wanna build unless unless it’s lit something in you and you’re like, this would be amazing.

And then you have to get strategic about whether that’s your new business. It doesn’t sound like it is. So if it’s not, can you just send it over to somebody else and make twenty percent off of it?

What do you think of that?

I guess I’m also hesitant because I people are just not telling me that they need help with the kind of stuff that I have been training on for the past several years. Like, they’re just not running Google campaigns at the same rate. I mean, Google it like, why is Google laying off so many people? Because their platform is not it’s not making money. Right? Like these things are all connected. So I’m wondering like I’m hesitant to refer them because I’m thinking, well, marketing is changing really, really fast, and maybe it’s going to look different, and I have to keep up with the times.

So I am not like a huge advocate of making decisions from a position of, like, fear of what could come.

And I’m not saying that you’re fearful or afraid, but there is that, like, uncertainty of the unknown.

And that’s part of, like, being a business owner, is the solution to shift, to offer something different Maybe it is. There are actually absolutely times when that is. If email shut down tomorrow, if nobody was allowed to send emails anymore, then you’d you’d need to shift and you would have been happy to have started shifting earlier when looked like things were changing. So to you, right now, it looks like things are changing for demand gen when it comes to like Google ads as like top of as as the entry point or re entry point into a funnel.

If you really do believe that, and you feel at peace with shifting to social. You feel like I I could make this cool. I could I could like I could make it so valuable that even though it’s top of funnel, clients will line up and pay me good money for it. And even though I can’t attribute, real revenue to it, they’ll still be willing to pay me and I can keep raising my rates.

But if it’s out of fear and just kind of like, this isn’t working right now, but this might be working. Then I would I’d pause before making any sort of decision on that. What is keeping your business? Is it just that Google is in a little bit of trouble right now?

Google’s like a huge business though. They’re chances are very good. They’re going to get the ship righted. Right?

They’re not gonna let their enormous business go down just because of some changing behaviors out there and AI being way better than Google is.

But, I don’t know. I mean, I I can see, you know, I can see your expression. I can see. I can hear what you’re saying. To me, I would only do social media if one, it lights you up in some way. You gotta be able to get out of bed every day and be at least eighty percent of the way to happy with the job that you’re doing.

And two, can you can you really turn it into something where you can standardize?

Higher people and just be the overseeing person who generates money from those people. Because like you said, social’s a quantity game. Right? They’re gonna be putting a lot of posts out there.

And you don’t you don’t wanna be the one doing all of that work.

Yeah. Yeah. Do you think that’s something I could offload to somebody?

Do you want to? Is that a business you wanna build?

I feel like I would have to be doing a lot of work with the freelancers or with whoever whichever contractors I hire in order to, like, explain the story and explain the concept, and there would be so much go between that it wouldn’t be worth it. So if I can pitch it as, like, one of the clients I’m working with now were we’re not getting a lot of customers, but we’re getting a lot of investors liking our posts, and which is a good thing because they’re going there potentially interested in raising more money.

So if I can pitch it that way, then it is a lot it it is worth it, right? Because that could be, like, fifty million dollars for the next row, fifty million, probably close to sixty, seventy million.

So if I can pitch it that way, I do think it’s worth a lot more.

But it’s not something that I can outsource. So it would have to be I guess for the right companies.

Can I ask the question, Naomi? Just like on the topic of today’s training, is there a way that you can have this be the intro offer and then fit it into your value ladder. So, like, they come to you for the social content, but then through that interaction, you do some educating on what they really need is, like, what you actually wanna do? Does it work as an like, fit in the door for you?

It sort of worked the reverse. Like, they may come to me for one ad, but they don’t need, like, twenty ads. They just need, like, three to four ads, and I’m like, you guys aren’t posting on LinkedIn. Like, I could easily take care of that for you.

Okay.

Yeah.

Well, then I think, I mean, then I think Joe’s asked all the right questions around, like, if you want to do it.

Yeah.

Okay.

I mean, Yeah.

And it might feel like you can’t hand this off to people. But, I mean, we’re talking about building a high value business where you get good money out of it, and it makes really good consistent money So the general rule is, like, you build people, people build business. So your job isn’t actually to build the business.

If you think of it as a business that has a future state where you’re gonna make five million dollars a year, If that’s the business you’re building, you can’t make five million dollars a year as a one person shop, even if you wrote a best seller and it stayed up top of the New York Times for three years. Like, James cleared not to do everything by himself either. Right? So you you have to To get to five million, let’s say that’s your goal because why the hell not?

To get there, you’re gonna need people. To get to three hundred thousand, you’ll still need a little bit of people. So, like, the gap is not that weird. It’s full of people in there.

So I would say if you can find a way to standardize things like I know it feels like everything is custom.

But maybe sixty percent can be standardized and you can get people to do that for cheap and you train them on it, you make sure that you’ve spent two full days in one week just getting them ready to go on this. Testing them, putting them through it, and then you hand them the work. And then you make money on top of that. That can be a good path if it’s always you doing the work and it’s social media too, which it you’ll probably burn out on it one because it doesn’t it’s not why you got into this.

So you’ll burn out on lack of interest and on a lack of time. And it might even turn into a lack of money, if the market, you know, if more people start doing it, not saying that’s gonna be true.

But Right.

Okay. Yeah. Interesting. Yeah. I could see doing something, like, We do one post related to statistics and one post related to, like, overcoming objections and one post related to this. And Like, there’s a a certain tone and, yeah, I could see that.

You can theme those weeks out for them and make that part of your process. Sorry. We’re gonna be talking more about theming your social media as well, to make it easier to to do stuff there. And so, yeah, that’s if you think, hey, it might be able to be standardized, and I would give it a shot.

I know it’s late for you, but, like, maybe sometime this week, you put a block together to see, like, how could I standardize social media posting or creation of these things for VA. So maybe it means you need to hire one VA who can write captions and another who can use Canva, and you just oversee the two of them. But then you have to, of course, budget that and make sure that you can charge accordingly and that you really do have a pipeline full of people, at least three people you can easily convert tomorrow on x amount for a social media package that’s, like, more of a retainer. So you have that nice recurring revenue.

Yeah. Okay.

Yeah. Yeah.

Cool. Probably also lots of room for AI. Yeah. No shit Katie says in chat. Yeah. Totally.

I’m sure Stacy is giving that a thumbs up too for the writing stuff.

Cool. Naomi, how are you feeling about that?

I feel like it needs a lot of ironing out.

But if I could I guess, like, I could hire a contractor, like, when I’m charging sorry, I’m just gonna use checkout because it’s easier for me. If I’m charging ten, fifteen thousand checkout a month, and I can hire somebody for five thousand checkout.

That’s one half to one third of what I’m making, and then I can manage the, like, working with clients and setting the ideas for the week and editing, then it would dramatically reduce the amount time that I’m working, and I can still make sure that their brand story comes through and that the right messaging points are coming through. And that we’re actually talking about the right technology and the right features, and that I’m not just pulling things out of thin air, that might be profitable.

So I can see that working. It would still be more days a week than I would like.

But I can see it being scalable. If I can come up with, okay, we’re doing one post every two weeks on a new article that comes out, one post on overcoming actions, one post on benefits, one post on interesting statistics, depending on who we’re trying to convert something to that effect.

Yeah. Awesome. Katie, were you gonna add something?

No. I have a kind of related question just on subcontracting if it’s okay.

Okay. Cool. Yeah. Thanks, Naomi. If you have a win by chance to share Katie?

I have a new well, so we we talked to before about the agency for steps.

And I’ve sold my first project where I bundled in design. So I am project managing, and I’m, like, leaving with the designer. So it’s that’s exciting.

Amazing. Yeah.

But I’m not, like, I’m not making isn’t with the caveat because I’m not late. I didn’t I didn’t mark up the design.

Hence my question now is, like, so the agency first steps that I did, I put out, like, a call for collaborators who work with a similar audience. And now I have thirty people who, like, filled out my form, have a mix of designers, tech, like tech experts, OBMs, other copywriters, So that was kind of my, like, seeding the agency, like, getting interested people to come out of the woodwork.

But I’m I don’t know how to make money off of it. Like, I don’t I’m like, okay. So, like, I know that I could refer out to these people, and, like, it’s great to have this you know, network for to refer my clients to. But I’m kind of stuck on, like, you know, even when you were giving Naomi about whether or not she wants to work with an agency because they’re limited in how much they can pay. I’m now, like, I’m, like, well, how do I make this profitable while also being like an appealing person to work with for these people who fill like, who come out to who’ve shown up for it.

Yeah. So I would are the people that are currently subcontracting for you, are they charging a reduced rate to you or their standard rate?

That they charge them.

So currently, they haven’t, like, I ask people to share their signature offer, like, what the main thing that they do and if they have a date And everybody has shared their standard prices so far, but I did kind of, like, leave the door open, like, I’ll be in touch with, like, So the people that I like, I wanna reach back out to and, like, open the conversation about what it would look like to white label their services but I just I didn’t like, basically, I’ve been leaving them hanging now for over a week because I didn’t know what I was gonna go with in terms of my next offer.

So you’ve got designers as subcontractors who else.

What I really need is, like, OBMs who will take the emails. I might even put them into the email marketing platform, like, set up the automations for me, help people clean up their tags and stuff like that, or also because I’ve been pitching these, like, post sale sequences for people to you know, set up the triggers within the program and the conditional, you know, blah, blah, blah, blah, like so design, obviously, like, for front end stuff and then back end implementation.

Okay. Cool. Yeah.

Okay.

You won’t make money as an agency if you don’t control those expenses. Yeah. And that’s just the reality of it for every single agency.

And that’s why it can be, you know, very hard to hire the person you really want to hire.

So markups are a thing.

Definitely.

You’re not marking up at all right now.

No. I mean, but, like, This one, I was kind of like, okay, this is like a training wheels project, and then I’ll look from now on. It is definitely gonna be marked up. So And it’s a project for return.

This is a project.

Okay. Is there room because it sounds like its performance base starts measurable? You can sell it into a retainer afterward?

Yeah. I’ll probably okay. Cool. Yeah. I would encourage that.

What were you gonna say before I cut you off? Sorry.

Oh, well, just this is the one where I I did pitch her. I gave her the option of taking the performance based, but then she she was just like it’s just easier for me to know, like, what I’m gonna pay upfront. So she we went with that. Yeah.

And you can still do an upfront, like, a flat rate. Regardless of how it performs. It’s just your job as part for this retainer is to keep measuring and reporting on how it’s going. So especially if you’re doing email, like Yeah. What, like, my gosh.

So So when it comes to the subcontractors, you need to start by figuring out what profit you need for this to work. So that means you come to the contractor with the budget that you have for it, and they have to decide if they can do it for that low cost.

And it should be low. It should be, like, much lower than they would charge if they were to go out into the world because, obviously, You’re doing all the work. Right? Like, it’s all on you. Every bit of this is actually on you.

So because they could flake out on you. There’s too much risk. So you’ve got to get their rates way down, uncomfortably. But a lot of people are like, well, at least I didn’t have to sell. Like, I didn’t have to go get a client, so that’s okay.

That’s a that’s, like, step one is to gather a budget to get you to profit ability? How how much do you have to charge clients for this to work? How hard do you need to work to get them into a retainer? Like, is it really important for your business?

I would say, yes, it is. And it’s also a no brainer too for that retainer retainer again being a flat rate but you keep measuring every month how you’re doing and how it’s affecting the business. So that they see the value, but they’re always paying the same amount. So really obvious one, you start off with a project for twenty thousand dollars, then you move into a ten thousand dollar a month retainer, adjust those prices.

However, you see fit.

But if you were doing a twenty thousand dollar project with two subcontractors in there and your time in there as well, let’s say this works out over a six week or eight week period, I you wouldn’t wanna spend with those two subcontractors.

They don’t get more than five thousand dollars. Right? Like, got twenty thousand. Two of them take up half of your of your revenue already and leaving you with only thousand for your time for all of the client management you have to do for you continuing to build the business going forward you need at least ten thousand dollars for you. So five thousand would become, like, that’s the top end of what I can pay for this person to work with me for eight weeks. So twenty five hundred bucks a month for them to get these things done.

But if you know that, then Good. The number is based on the number that you need for this to be a viable agency for you. Does that make sense?

Yes. I just I feel like I guess that is assuming, certain level of standard in the projects that we’re doing, whereas I haven’t got that far yet in terms of like like, right now it’s just me being, like, okay, on the call instead of saying, like, and introduce you to somebody who does that being, like, I have a some, you know, I have somebody who can do that. So it hasn’t been, like, I don’t really have a standardized offer yet. So figuring out, like, the numbers is a is has been more hypothetical. But I can see I can see what you mean about, like, starting with the profitability, but, like, starting with a profitability versus starting with somebody else’s price.

Total that’s exactly it. It will be hypothetical too. It’ll feel uncomfortable. Like, isn’t there an easier, better k.

Have you read I would encourage you this won’t help you figure out what to pay people, but, pricing creativity by Blair ends is a good book for this.

Again, it won’t give you that, but it’ll help you just create context around making those decisions for what you pay the subcontractors, how you talk with them about their value and what they need to contribute. Like, it’s not gonna help you manage them. But you’ll be a better, armed, I think, to have a good conversation with them about prices that will feel low to them and should. If it doesn’t feel low to them, there’s probably a bit of a problem there.

But they get to work with you and all of the extra benefits of that.

Yeah, I know it’s hypothetical. It doesn’t feel as grounded as it ought to. Once you start getting into it and see what the market will bear, for new clients coming in and contractors being paid and what that gap is and how profitable you can be in there.

Then that’ll help a lot, but you just gotta start throwing numbers out, sadly.

Okay. Okay. Thank you. I would not pay more than fifty percent of the total budget on subcontractors.

Okay. Okay?

Yeah. Are you near that right now or not at all?

No. Not even co I mean, I charge fifteen k and the designer is gonna charge She’s doing, like, a show it template plus customization. She so I think her package is four k, and it involves she’ll put the email to convert kit and hook up convert kit to the site. So, like, I feel like that’s a good package for me to be pointing people to, and I just need to have a conversation with this designer about, like, bundling it into my package. Yeah.

And I’ve had a conversation with this designer in the past, like, she offered to make me an affiliate for her So, obviously, she’s comfortable, you know, knocking the price down for for ease of sale So I feel like that’s a good first relationship to build out.

Yeah. That’s awesome. Yeah. I know it’s tough.

Tough. But yeah. There is money on the other side of it. It’s just agencies at the beginning don’t feel profitable.

Until you hit that point, then it’s like, oh, there’s money here. Yeah.

Looking forward to that point. Yeah.

Alright. I’m gonna let you know it’s there. It will happen.

Cool. Okay. Thank you. Thanks, Katie. Anybody else?

On that same point, I’m wondering, like, how much time do you have to invest in training subcontractors at the beginning? Because, like, if I’m thinking of all the people that I’ve worked with, like, I would hire ninety seven percent of them. And like, because I don’t like the way that they write. I don’t think that they’re conversion focused, and they were my colleagues, obviously. So I wasn’t training them, but, like, if I take that kind of person and think like, how would I train them? Like, it would be a challenge, especially if they, especially if they had some experience because they are like stuck in their ways. They have like a way of doing it.

Yes and no. Right? So I think it’s one thing to keep in mind that’s hard for a lot of us to keep in mind is, like, it’s like, you’re the boss though. Like, you don’t have to start from a point of you’re okay.

I’m okay. Like, You’re the boss. So you get to say, here’s the standard of performance that I expect. I will train you on the standard.

I will give you the SOPs checklist. I’ll give you all the tools you need. I’m here to support you as well. We’ll have regular I promise transparency and communication with you all the time.

In exchange for that, here’s what I expect. This is this is the standard. Are we agreed on this as the standard? Here’s how we get to that standard.

Are we agreed on that as well? But that’s like, you’re you get to train them. You get to put them into that position of being able to be valuable for you so that they’re not an expense. Of course, in any way, they’re like a real asset.

So You do have to train them. You have to be ready with everything that they need to be successful in their job.

But then you get to say this is where you have to be. And then if they don’t perform to that level, then you get to have a hard conversation with them.

And you don’t it’s it is. It’s hard to find people. You have to lower your expectations and the only way to help raise those expectations. And it’s like a shoving.

Like, it’s it’s not light work. It’s like, well, you’re really working to get those expectations up across the board. Is to make sure that you’re modeling the exact behavior that you want people to follow, and that you are training them really openly and, like, allowing room for them to mess up once on a thing. Can’t mess up twice on the same thing, but again, have those that open communication with them.

But nobody walks in ready to go. Nobody ever. Even if you went and worked somewhere, you would still even though you’re at the top performance for what you do, you would still have to go and integrate into a new organization with new ways of working, maybe they do OKRs, maybe you like OKRs, and they don’t do them. Right?

There’s always gonna things that you’ll have to figure out and same is true for them. So have that empathy, but the more time you put into them, the more you’ll get out of it. And that’s why it can be so valuable to hire rather than to use hire as soon as you can if you’re building an agency.

Instead of I know a lot of people succeed with VA’s.

But if we’re talking about for important work that you’re gonna be setting down and training somebody on for hours and hours and hours, then you don’t really want them to leave. Right? You wanna, like, get them in and keep them. And that’s why a lot of agencies start with, really cheap, brand new people, like fifty thousand dollar salaries right out of school because you’re gonna be doing all sorts of training. And that’s it. And then that leaves you good room to also increase their salary as they perform well and make them wanna stay with you longer.

But yeah, I don’t know how helpful that is on the subject, but yes to training.

And if you can If you see this as an agency you’re building, can you bring in somebody to be on staff sooner than later? Colin Junior, Yeah.

And at what at what point, like, what revenue point would you consider taking somebody on? And roughly how much time would you assume? Like, Is this gonna be two weeks? Is this gonna be three months?

Like For an agency, I’d take them on immediately in a second, do you think it’s time to hire?

Do it. You just pay yourself less. It sucks. But, like, you eat ramen for a little bit and not the good stuff.

And, you’ve you’ve got them on and I have seen people who are driven. If you’re in this room, you are very likely to rise to the occasion. You’re going to find the money to pay them and yourself. And that means you’ll be taking on interesting projects.

You’ll be telling yourself I can’t go into this meeting and take less than ten thousand dollars for this retainer. I I I can’t afford it. So I need to go in there and be really good at selling them on this ten thousand dollar a month retainer. Then the next month, once you hire another person, now your retainer is a twenty dollars a month, and you have to make it work.

And you do. So if you weren’t building an agency, then there’s different ways to think about hiring, but you are, you will need people without question. So I think you need to hire, hire now. For cheap, especially if you’re gonna need to put a lot of time into them because you actually do have more time now than you’ll have over the next three years.

And then after the three years, then you’ll have more time again. But that’s when you’re at the three million mark and you have to build a leadership team at that point anyway.

Yeah. Ironing.

It’s not fun, arming so hard.

But do now. There are juniors out there who are ready to go. Just want a chance and some money, please. I just also want some money.

Cool. Any other questions or thoughts on that? On anything.

No?

No.

Sorry. I have a lot of questions. If somebody else wanted something else to say.

Would you, in terms of prioritization, I find that the thing I struggle with most is finding designers, because I can’t, like, I can’t write something without having it designed. It just won’t perform. And I need a designer that I can work with, because I need a designer that knows something about UX and will listen to me when I have suggestions.

Would it be more reasonable to hire a designer first, or should I continue to search for freelance designers that I can partner with? Because I haven’t I haven’t looked so much, but I’ve found that it’s hard to find people number one that are talented and work in the same projects that I do and number two that are available and cooperative.

Sorry. That was a service delivery.

So my I have to get into my office so badly.

Sorry. I lost track of the question I had an answer. Oh, the design stuff. Yes. Of course.

I’ve been watching Nicole here. Nicole is our designer and social media person on our team.

And so I’m sure she’s had lots opinions over the course of this meeting. I don’t know Nicole if you do have anything to add. I can say because I don’t wanna put you on the spot. Or do you want do you have something to add?

Not much to add necessarily, but it’s it’s I can understand, like, it’s hard to hire anybody. Like, designers aren’t no different than any other position, I would assume.

But I find that, a lot of designers, like, undersell themselves, and So that’s why it’s so much, like, you might find it is that much harder to, like, say, like, go on upwork because you might find an excellent designer, and they’re only charging, like, you know, fifteen dollars an hour for their work, which is silly. But sometimes, yes, that’s how it goes because there’s an oversaturation. So I can see how that would be difficult but I do find that, like, whenever back when I was freelancing, like, I did, like, being given a test project. Was really, really helpful.

And the people who are willing to do the test project, I find will be willing to learn more things and they’d probably be more of an asset to you.

Yeah. Good call. Totally.

Yeah.

And we found Nicole with a LinkedIn job posting.

So designers are looking at job openings as well, just like everybody else.

It’s hard to find them maybe in your network, but they are you post job opening, and you’ll get a lot of applicants, put them through a test, and just treat it like, you know, I mean, you’re hiring for your business. So this is the way it is. Yeah. If you think you need to bring a designer on full time because it’s part of how you sell what you do, then a job hosting together.

If it’s only a small part of what you do, like, you’re like, well, I always use them at the very end, but I give them all the direction.

And I just need them to make sure that they’re implementing what I say, then that might be something where you could find a really good VA. Like, time, etcetera dot com is who we use and so far so good.

And that if if it is a small amount of work, then a VA could do it. If it’s gonna be a lot, you see a recurring need for it, do a job posting for a a designer. Yeah.

Yeah. It’s more like if I wanna take on somebody to do social work, like there needs to be design, And a lot of times smaller companies just don’t have the design in house, or if they do have the design in house, either they’re a new first they’re a new because obviously you need to keep the product, like, you need to have design for the product, or they have if they have a marketing designer, there’s only one marketing designer, and they have like one hundred thousand things on their plate, and social is the very, very bottom of the list. So I’m left using Canva, even for large companies that have millions of dollars in funding.

So that’s why I’m wondering, like, if I’m gonna hire somebody, maybe it would make more sense to hire a designer before I hire a contractor.

It sounds like it. Yeah. It sounds like if it’s if it’s a big enough pain for you, and it’s really getting in the way of delivering.

Higher one. Yeah. You can think about different ways to hire them, but of the really good things about hiring people is it lights fire under your butt to make more money. You gotta make payroll. So you gotta do it. I would If it’s it sounds to me like that is the first hire that you need, you’ll probably need to have, like, someone else in your back pocket.

Shortly thereafter to, help, actually help you create those assets outside of designing them.

Some sort of content strategist or a copyright or whatever that person is.

But, yeah, hire them and, like, as a full timer.

And then but but make sure you put a plan together for how you’re going to make money and be profitable.

So don’t wing it, but it probably starts by just, like, doubling your rates right now and then watching all the training you can on how do how to sell better, like, sell like a freaking champ, not that you can’t, but it does not hurt. Sales is gonna be, like, your best friend as you build out your agency.

Yeah. Mhmm.

That makes sense. Oh. And do you have a sense until the point where I do feel comfortable to hire, maybe you could help. I have no idea what a designer should earn.

Like per project, per hour, no clue whatsoever.

Like I value it. I just don’t know how much is worth to pay for it.

I I mean, it totally depends where they are, but if it doesn’t matter where they are to you, then I’d put the salary low.

People always think that they need to put their salary really high, and it’s I not actually found that a higher salary brings in like, at the same level of higher candidate. It’s just often it’s someone who wishes they couldn’t earn that much money.

I know they’re like, no, man. No. And you find really good candidates at the lower salary as well. So don’t don’t lead with it has to be a high salary.

If they can work anywhere, that’s a benefit. If you can add in extra perks, like give them Fridays off. Just do it. Just out of the gate.

Just do it. Then these are the perks that will attract stay at home parents who have a design background.

And then you don’t have to worry about the salary being bananas.

But I wouldn’t know what that salary is. It completely depends. If they’re junior, if they’re right out of school, I know that you can, like, do a glass door to see what salaries there are. I don’t know how much I would rely on that though.

I mean, the number that comes to mind for me is fifty thousand. It’s not a lot of money at all, but it’s a good junior salary.

And it leaves you room to bonus them based on performance. If they do a killer job, you can give them a really nice bonus, then they’re like, wow, that’s cool. Also to increase their salary as well. Like six months later, if they prove that they’re amazing and you are like relieved of so much of the crap you’ve had to do so that you can go bring in more clients and hire more.

They’re really proving their value to you, then you can increase their salary. Course, you don’t have to wait to do it. You can do that at any point, but I wouldn’t start. I don’t know.

I don’t know what fifty thousand if fifty thousand is too low in today’s market or what, but start there and see what you get. You want juniors, right? You basically do. You want them to be able to use the tools and have a good design eye.

But you’re gonna have to teach them so much.

Yeah. Okay. Interesting. Thank you.

Alright. Cool. Cool.

Anybody else in the remaining eight minutes?

No? Good talk about all of this hiring stuff today. It makes me excited for everybody. It’s so cool.

Wicked. Okay. Well, then let’s wrap up. Thank you very much. Don’t forget. To attend the Thursday session thinking bigger.

K? And we’ll chat with you all online. See you later. Have a good one. Have a good week.

Thinking Bigger: Setting Bigger Goals for Your Business

Thinking Bigger: Setting Bigger Goals for Your Business

Transcript

We can jump straight in and get going this morning.
As you know, today’s session is designed to get you guys to think bigger when it comes to setting and getting goals for your business. And as you hopefully also know, if you’ve seen my comment in Slack, the session today, I’m gonna run a little bit differently. We’re just going to jump straight on in and actually do the thing. Because I’ve been reflecting on my previous sessions, and I feel like they haven’t quite been landing, as much as I wanted to.

So no theory. Not showing you how to do something later, we’re gonna go straight ahead and do the thing right now. So if you haven’t already, could you please open your worksheet for this session and have it either on your screen or on your desktop, whatever works for you. No shame if you’re old school paper.
I am often that person too.
Now if you go straight to, the top of the second page, so, the page with the first set of prompts and things for you, you’ll see that right up top, the first thing that is there is a fill in the blank style prompt, which says and sorry my face will be looking sideways because I will be also looking at my, computer with the non working sound. It says if insert your biz biggest robot or limitation was no issue, I had insert action and or outcome.
So obviously I’d like you to fill this in.
In terms of your biggest roadblock or limitation, that may be something that’s quite global in your business, So for example, something like time or capacity, or it could be something that’s quite specific to the business that you’re trying to work towards and trying to build here in CSP. So for example, if you are someone who is trying to shift from making the majority of your revenue via one to one client services to someone who makes majority of their revenue through selling, online programs or products, then it might be that your current limitation is you have a slow list growth.
So think what that is for you. I imagine for most people, it will be quite easy to identify that key challenge. It’s that thing that you keep coming up against.
And you may notice it in different patterns. It might have been the same thing for the last, you know, six months, twelve months, two years.
So identify that one, is anyone having trouble pinpointing that challenge?
Nope.
Abby’s a strong no. I love it.
Okay. Cool. And then the second part of that prompt, I would love you to put in, like, something quite wild, so don’t place any value judgments on what this sort of big action or outcome would be. But just think, like, in this hypothetical scenario, if that challenge didn’t exist, if it wasn’t there, What would you actually do then? What would you have in your business?
I’ll give you a minute to think that one through because I often find that this can be the piece of the puzzle, but can take a little bit longer to sort of pinpoint.
But again, you know, don’t filter it, don’t judge it based on all. That’s not really possible. We’re just talking hypotheticals here. So again, if that biggest roadblock was not there in your business, what would you then achieve? What would you do What would be the outcome?
Okay. Has everybody got something in that first box? Yeah, Abby.
Jessica Nicole Naomi, Caroline. Caroline, how are you guys going? Thumbs up from Naomi?
Jessica. How are you going there?
Abbie you’re supposed to be on Vauxer answering my question because I was like, I don’t wanna present to the whole group, but I will.
You don’t have to share if you don’t want to.
Well, no.
No.
No. It’s fine. It’s more because I need the help.
I have a list to things that I feel like could be my biggest roadblock.
So I think Abby, you talk to me every day. Well, what’s what’s yours? What do you think mine is?
I know what mine is. Mine is.
I know what yours is. I think I know it’s cool.
Yeah. Not raising not raising my rates. I don’t know what your biggest roadblock is though.
I think Thank you.
Okay.
I think one of them is is self doubt because you think you’ll wanna do something and then half, I think you’ll be like, oh, maybe I should be doing this. Maybe I, like, maybe I should have gone down this route and you’ll wanna change. So I think it’s indecisiveness, but I think it comes from self doubt.
Yeah.
I agree with you. That’s what I had. Fear of failing the self doubt thing. Okay. Thank you. That helps.
Awesome. Love this.
So good. K. Is that clarified the second part of that, thing for you, Jessica? Awesome.
And Caroline, how are you tracking there? You can pop something in the chat if you don’t wanna show your noggin secrets.
Yeah. I think Caroline I don’t know if you had access, but I think she might be with her family. In a car. So she said she may not be able to interact so that yeah.
I don’t know if you can see that or not, but No.
Sorry. Because I left, I thought maybe if I, Oh, there she is.
Yep.
Yeah. If my fear of something like fraud or self doubt was no issue, I’ve had my business change and charge a lot more. Okay. Cool. Awesome Caroline. And, hey, Katie, I see you’ve just joined us just to catch up. We’re just working our way through that first prompt in the worksheet.
It should be pretty self explanatory.
So you’re just popping in there what your biggest current roadblock in your business is the thing that keeps getting in the way of you hitting your goals, and then also what you would do or achieve in your business if that thing was no issue. And again, we’re just thinking hypotheticals here. So we’re just trying to broaden that perspective by knocking out that big challenge that always gets caught up and trapped.
And no worries that you were late. I also my audio didn’t work, so I’m a few minutes like getting started too. So not a problem.
Okay. Alright. We’re gonna roll through to the next, section of the worksheet pretty quickly, because the speed is actually part of this exercise.
So if you just, look beneath, where you’ve just put that first statement, you’ll see there is a table with ten different slots that says ways to bridge the gap from here to there. Now, again, I just want you to think about this hypothetically. So, any way that you could actually problem solve, and you could do the thing that you’ve just written down, Even if it, you know, that, like, not, like, that’s not gonna work for me, I want you to avoid placing any judgments on these ideas. If it would theoretically get you from a to b, I want it In that box, and the aim of the game here, success for this talk looks like filling in as many possibilities of that box as you can, even if some, ludicrous ideas or things that would not work for you.
So as an example, if I was doing this exercise right now, my biggest challenge with two very young kids’ capacity, and the thing that I would do if that was no issue would be selling to live with three half day rates a week. Every week because that would bring me about, I think, four hundred k, just from that one, offer every year.
And ways that I could possibly bridge that gap.
For example, I could deliver those day rates at night, when I know my husband’s here and he can be point person for the kids, I could hire a subcontractor.
I could look at some sort of agency model. I could build some sort of AI that could write like me to speed things up. So I’m just spitballing ideas, and as you can see, they’re sort of all, really, they’re very possible, and I’m not feeling during in terms of how suitable they might be for me. So I’ll give you guys five minutes to fill in as many of those ten slots as you can. If you have any questions or you get stuck, just give me a yell.
Oh, sorry, Carla. I just saw your question. Suggestions on how to bridge the gap when the issue is self doubt.
Yeah. Good question.
So I think when we’re looking at what your design outcome is Caroline. You promote your business and charge a lot more.
So we’re looking at ways to bridge the gap from what you’re doing in your business now to what that outcome is that you would actually do. So, for example, we’re just saying that if that self doubt wasn’t there, So if that wasn’t there, what kind of things would you do? Can you imagine pitching yourself for, various in person events to to speak on stage? Could you imagine, just setting your rates a lot higher and going after those clients who you know that could actually afford that investment?
Does that make sense? So we’re problem solving from how you could get from where you are now to where you identify that you would like to be in that first goal. And again, we’re just assuming that that self doubt isn’t an issue. Okay. Cool.
Alright, guys.
We’ll leave it there. How many possible ways to get from a to b did people get? Feel free to yell out or to just pop a number in the chat.
Eleven.
Oh, who’s that eleven then? Me over at Seadema. I love it. What about you, Naomi? How’d you go?
About seven.
That’s awesome, Katie?
I had trouble deciding which problem was my biggest problem. So I have eight solutions each, but I was wondering if you had any tips on, like, which to focus on.
Mhmm. Yep. Do you wanna talk us through the options that you have for what the biggest problem is at the moment?
Yeah. So when I just brained down to like, okay, problems, it was like, capacity, audience size, overwhelmed, like, not knowing where to go next, and not feeling really confident that I have, like, like, impressive client results to point people to that are recent.
So the three that I wrote about were capacity, audience size, and results, and I have, like, six to eight solutions for each of those, but it’s kind of like a meta problem, but I’m like not knowing which problem is the biggest one is, like, part of one of, like, an additional problem.
Probably part of the overwhelm, I guess. Yeah.
So I guess when you think about those three separate things that you did identify and, put possible ideas down for, Which feels like the one that you’re really bugging your head up against the most?
Or the one that’s really stifling you or stopping you from, like, making changes in the growth that you want to?
Well, I I the three that I wrote were capacity, audience size, and no results, but I feel like the overwhelm is the one that’s really stopping me because I keep starting different projects and getting them to, like, sixty percent and then failing on them to go work on a different thing because I can’t decide which which is gonna be the the one that makes the most difference.
Okay. Yep. So then it sounds like overwhelm might actually be the biggest challenge, and that perhaps these other three things are subsets, all of that. Challenge because if you’re not following through on a on a, you know, project or a lead gen system, for example, the way through, then that could be impacting.
You know, the list size and those kinds of things. Does that sound right? Yeah. Yeah.
Okay. So sorry. It sound like the one that you didn’t put.
I do four might be the one that you need to work on.
So feel free to, take a few minutes and then something sound for that. Yeah.
Well, I think I think too, the solutions for the overwhelm, like, the ones the solutions that I wrote could also help with the overwhelm one, two.
Yep. And I just wanna check with, with overwhelm as the key challenge, does that also help you articulate a really clear, like outcome or action that you would take, if that was no issue, if the overwhelm wasn’t.
Part of the equation at the moment?
I mean, I feel like if it’s like if overwhelm was no issue, then I would know which steps to take and which projects to tackle in which order.
Mhmm.
Yep. Do you have, I guess, a vision of what that would actually look like in your business? So, like, something that’s a bit further down the lines that if you doing that. If you had real clarity on, you know, everyone wasn’t there, so you knew what you were focusing on next, you’d finish those tasks, you’d be building something like where is that getting you? What’s that?
Further down the line, gold will collect.
It looks like being able to delegate because things are organized enough to bring another person in and being able to invest in support because I know what the task is, and I know what the desired outcome is. And then also having the, like, the systems that I’m building actually make it to a hundred percent, and then they start working for me.
Yes. Cool. Okay. So I feel like those are probably the more useful outcome to think about because they are obviously definitely a result of that feeling and have been able to prioritize tasks, but then more concrete things to be able to work towards. So been able to you know, delegate, automate, eliminate might be something like that or being able to outsource appropriately so that you have the space to do the court work.
There might be a goal somewhere in there that feels like it gets home for you, obviously use your own words.
Thank you, No worries.
Jessica, how’d you go with the table and the list of possible problem solving ideas?
Oh, yeah. I got about seven as well.
So Awesome.
That is amazing. And Caroline, I know you’re in the car, so feel free to just pop something in the chat if you would like. A number of how many you got to, and I’ll just keep an eye on that for you.
Seats. Amazing. That’s so good, guys. That is awesome.
So what you’ve just done is you have taken a hypothetical lens to, you know, what if, like, what could I do in my business if this thing wasn’t actually an issue. And when we approach goal setting from this angle, what it does, it allows you to identify what you actually want without those limiting beliefs getting in the way. Because you’re not doing the thing that we all do where you say, oh, yeah, but that wouldn’t work me because, or Oh, yeah, but that’s like a goal for, like, three years from now. So what you actually have in that table or in that list of possible ways to get from where you are now to where you’ve identified you would like to be, are possible routes to take.
Now some of those I’m sure will be absolutely terrible ideas for you and your business and how you like to work, and that’s totally okay. So if there are any in that list where you look at and you’re like, like that, theoretically could work, but I know that that’s just not ever gonna work in practice for me. Feel free to cross those out.
What I would love you to do is identify one of those that feels like the best fit. And it’s really important that when I say feels like the best fit, that doesn’t mean that you’re gonna look at it and not feel any discomfort because growth requires discomfort and there is a natural tension between what you want and what you need to do to get it. So, again, just reiterating that the best fit idea in your list there probably isn’t gonna be something that you feel one hundred percent confident with, but I’m just asking you to identify the one that feels like it fits you and how you work and your business and what you wanna build the best. So I’ll give you a minute or two to do that, and if you have any questions, oh, I don’t know what the balloons are going on.
Alright. And there we go.
Sorry. I never zoom on my phone, so here we are learning new things by accident.
Okay. Questions as you’re identifying that one, let me know. And once you have identified the best fit one, if you could just pop it in the chat, that would be awesome.
Bedtime, Abby?
Yeah.
It’s like five seven, but I’m so sleepy for some reason.
But it’s tiredness, not boredom. I promise. Sorry. It’s enjoying it.
It’s often me because I’m in Australia, like, on Paul’s father group programs and masterminds I’ve been part of. It’s often a ridiculous time for me, so I know that I know the feeling.
Naomi limit the number of clients to five and raise them in a monthly investment to three k. Awesome. This culture. I’m try I’m trying to reverse engineer what your, key challenges or limitations must be. And it’s quite interesting to see this. Awesome.
Katie, book a one to one coaching session to get ideas out of my head and verbally process what I’m stuck on. Amazing.
Hey, guys. These are really awesome. These are really clear and concise and totally achievable.
This is so great.
Are you going, Jessica? Do you need some help?
Maybe.
It’s the self doubt thing, which that if I was able to do I think that’s where I’m I’m I focus more on how to overcome the self doubt get to the thing on the other side of that. But I think the thing on the other side of that, the outcome I’d like is two seasonal sale campaigns a month around ten thousand dollars with clients that I like, and that I could use for further you know, books and promotion and things like that.
Awesome.
Does that seem in alignment though?
Yeah. Totally. Because I think your self doubt wasn’t an issue, then that’s probably what you’d be doing because you wouldn’t be scared about pitching those people or lending those projects.
Okay. Or to the green results. Okay. And, yeah, in in Fabi, I mean, it’s green too.
No. Yeah. Your because you’re self doubt, I think this comes from feeling like you don’t have the experience that you want to have. So I I feel like as soon as you start getting leads and doing projects, your confidence is just gonna go up and you’re not gonna put up with that self doubt, like, be because yeah.
I think I have the same a similar thing to Katie where it’s been so long since I’ve done seasonal sales.
It just feels like I’m too far away from it. So, yeah, I get yeah. Okay. Thank you.
Mhmm. And I think one of the, Cool, but also annoying things about self doubt is that there’s that little gap you have to bridge often in that you have to do the same. To solve the doubt.
It’s a catch twenty two and it sucks, but really it is the best way to get through it.
Cool. So with that in mind, Jessica, maybe I don’t know if you need to maybe write down some different, possibilities or different ways there, or we could you identify those now? What what would work best for you?
I’m quick just typing in if I can look to seasonal sale campaigns a month at ten k each.
Mhmm. Yep.
That would be kind of thing.
Okay. Awesome.
Amazing.
And again, Carla, I know you’re driving, so I won’t order in the car. So I won’t invest you, but if you do wanna share, feel free.
Okay. Guys, this is so good. So as you’ll see, the next box, which I deliberately left quite, vague in terms of heading, because, I mean, I feel like you already knew this, but I didn’t wanna make it super clear. I’m now going to ask you to actually take this hypothetical idea and it concrete and break it out into steps.
Because, of course, I think this is also where we can get lost when we are trying to make movement towards our big goals is that we have, you know, the end goal in mind, but we don’t know where to start. We don’t know what to do for the second, third, fourth, or fifth to do that thing.
So these things that you have written in the chat here, if you’re looking to actually do that, like what are the steps to actually make that a reality? What do you have to do? And I’d say this could be depending on how your brain works, a bit of a messy process in terms of actually writing things down and ordering them. So don’t worry too much if put something down and then realize, oh, that’s actually like step number four.
You know, this is your worksheet or your space wherever you’re working in. So you can edit. You can doodle. You can move things around.
It can it can be messy.
The important thing is to get it out on paper.
And I know that can also be the part where things can feel tricky and sticky and some of those mindset gremlins can come up. So please, as you are going through this, let me know what’s happening. Let me know where you’re getting stuck, whether it is a practical thing or a mindset thing, and I would love to coach you through it.
Can I ask Christie, like, I feel I feel like maybe I jumped ahead a step? Like, the thing that I put in the chat was the concrete step that I could take. So am I supposed to look like the goal is know what to do when I’m gonna do it and what that thing entails.
Mhmm.
So now it steps to get there.
Yes. Actually, yeah. You’re right. Sorry. Yes. So your this is this is great first step I feel because you can do that theoretically today.
Right? You could. Yeah. Book a one to one session with someone. And then I guess, you know, after that and after you have that information on paper, then what happens next?
Is it then are you maybe looking to hire someone to set up anything that has been identified as being able to be systematized or automated, is it perhaps interviewing VAs or OBMs, like, what are the steps in there that you see reaching to that goal? And thank you for bringing it up because, yes, you’re totally right. That’s a one step thing that you’ve got in the chat.
So What I’m identifying is the thing that I want that my big problem is stopping me from happening.
That’s right. So I think you’ve already identified that, and now you’re talking about, so if there’s a way to solve that problem. So perhaps it’s perhaps you need to go back to the section before this one and think about, like, okay, like, one way to solve that problem would be to outsource everything or to hire a system specialist.
Or it might be to, like, hire someone else. So so I think, yeah, maybe it’s about going back to that table before and looking at those because I think, yes, what you have here looks like the first step for you to get in clarity.
Into how things are sitting and where you can make them easier and less overwhelming and more streamlined. Does that sound right?
Yep. Yeah. It’s all just kind of clicked into place while you were talking. It’s okay. Thank you. Okay.
Awesome.
Alright. Is anyone stuck either on the practical step or is anyone feeling the kind of resistance that makes them think they won’t actually follow through on the things that are in front of them?
So I’m struggling with a lot of my clients are I I have very personal relationships with them because I work in a very small ecosystem.
And so some of them I started I only really started working on full time, like last May.
And most of my clients are either friends of friends or friends of old colleagues, or there’s like no more than like two degrees of two, three degrees of separation between me and most of the people in my ecosystem, which is good, but I not sure how easy it’ll be for me to either fire clients that are not working out or raise rates that are way below what I’m charging now because these are people that I’m gonna see in person pretty often, and I have to make Sure.
Got you. That can be tricky definitely because you’ve got dual relationships there, client, and also some sort of social relationship.
Would, raising the price of your services, would that, effectively fire some clients for you, like are some of your forfeit clients who won’t be able to afford this new price.
Well, some of it is just like, it’s a little bit of work here and there. But it’s not really worth doing the work because it’s just taking away time, every email, every call. It’s just is just draining my time. So I’m wondering also if it’s if it’s worth it at all, if it’s just a few hours a week, I, I, I’m not sure. I’m not sure if they would be, if they would be scared away.
Or they would think, it’s probably not worth it. We’ll just do it in house.
Mhmm.
Yep. Okay. I was only asking because somewhat sometimes that can be easy way out. When you outgrow a client, and then you raise your rates, it can be you can know sometimes. Like that person, then we’re gonna say yes, this is actually my problem for me. I think in the case where it sounds like you’re saying that you may or may not, but you definitely have some clients in mind who feel like they’re not a good it for where you actually want to take and grow your business.
Remember that the reasons that you have and you know and you’re telling yourself for wanting to get rid of them, you don’t have to pass those on to those clients. There are other ways to let them know about the decision. So, it could be, again, thinking that you obviously wanna try and preserve some of the relationship because you’re probably gonna bump into them socially and as things so intermingled for you, simply telling them, hey, the way I’m doing business is changing.
Here’s what’s happening, and I know that historically haven’t worked together this way. And I will be really sad to see you go, but, you know, this is what’s next for me. So there can be a way of, like, just letting them know quite kindly, quite politely without sort of going into the details of perhaps why they themselves are not a fit, and therefore making it personal.
Will it be uncomfortable, probably? I think a lot of conversations that we have in business are, but think you don’t want to sacrifice your business success, you know, for the sake of potentially a few awkward conversations.
So Yeah. I’m actually saying it probably will be uncomfortable, but I think you’re absolutely right. If it’s bits and pieces work, if it’s clients that really don’t fit the vision you have for where your business is going, and they don’t support that, either in terms of money or the work that you’re wanting to do, then it is time to let go of them and time to make space for those who do. Anything else? On Naomi, do you wanna talk about that a bit more?
Does it make sense to get rid to let them go before I take on new clients or just buy new clients and then let them go.
Mhmm.
I feel like it always makes sense to let go of some of them before in order to make space.
Even though that’s scary, and I know, you know, financially as well, it can be daunting to see blank space in your calendar.
But I think most of us in this room can probably attest to the fact that if you hang on to clients.
It’s if you don’t create space or ideal clients to come into, then it sort of drags on and on and on, and, you know, you’ll be six months down the track before you actually make the change. So lightify under your own bum, I would say, by getting rid of these clients making space, for people who actually are a good fit. And reach out in slack when you’re doing it too if you want to because I think sometimes even just having, like, the support of people who’ve been there, who’ve done it before while you’re actually doing the scary thing can be really helpful, and can just make you make that move even when it is uncomfortable.
Amazing. Do you guys are legends?
Alright.
So we’ll move on to the last, piece of the worksheet, and then I think we’ll have a few minutes too to just open up discussion on whatever you’d like. But you’ll see the last thing there is a table, with good space for good, better, best goals.
So I think chances are you probably already identified your best goal in that initial statement that we did at the top of the worksheet.
It may not be, but I think nine times out of ten, that’s probably your ideal outcome.
So thinking through then how to set other goals so that this isn’t a next size that is so black and white and you either hit that goal or you fail miserably, what are good and better goals? So a good goal is basically your baseline level of success, which might look quite different to your best goal, but is still absolutely a really positive shift and a positive growth for your business in this direction that you’re moving in.
A better goal is typically somewhere between the good and the best goals. So it’s something that you can feel really chucked about, you know, this this move and this strategy has been more than successful, even though it might not have keep the heights of your, like, ideal, like, best world scenario outcome.
And the reason that these are important is that Again, it gets you out of that black and white thinking where sometimes we normally set big goals for our business and we’re working towards them. If we get point, we realized they’re not gonna happen to the extent in which we were setting out to achieve. We can get disheartened and we can give up. If we have these goals that allow us a little bit more flex, and allow us to actually benchmark our success at different levels. It is often more motivating and just gives us, something better to reach towards And also, I find when you do hit the good goal, you can often get a boost of motivation to keep reaching out for that better and then that best goal too.
Ideally, of course, these goals should be measurable in some way.
So even if they are a feeling goal, which is totally okay, by the way, if one of the goals is that you feel less overwhelmed.
Just think about what that actually looks like and how that could actually be measured. So for example, that would be, you know, it means that I get to switch my laptop off at five thirty PM every day and not worry about you know, what I’ve got on the next morning. It could be something like that. So something that you can actually measure as opposed to just, like, feel less stress because I think without the specificity there, it’s gonna be a very hard goal for you to actually reflect on and work out. Yep. That’s what’s happened or no. I’m not quite there yet.
Katie.
Well, hey, maybe that is one of your goals though.
Maybe sure to Alice, who knows? But I know there’s works.
Sometimes I feel like you’re working fully hours and then sometimes Fifty months the opposite.
It’s the day care pickup. Is it three thirty? So, like, I could happily work till seven, but I just don’t there’s no space.
Yes. Well, I feel that very much too.
Katie, I know. It’s a season. I keep telling myself that. I’m like, there will eventually be more time in our days where little people don’t need us to do all the things.
Yeah. I feel like I don’t know about you, but I do feel one good side effect of motherboards is that my efficiency rates have gone through the roof. It’s like when I have time that I can use, I use that time.
I’m on the opposite side. Mine is gone. Yeah. I kinda wish I had that limitation right now.
I have too much time. So Either way, you’re gonna have a problem. It’s either you don’t have enough or you have too much and you gotta figure it out. It’s kinda like money.
You either have too much or too little. And no matter what you’re pun penalized for one of them. So yeah. I didn’t join the little kid.
I take my little kid back anytime.
Back to the five year old, I’d take her again. She was fine.
Twenty one is fine, but That’s such good perspective, Jessica.
Thank you for sharing.
You’re welcome. Enjoy them while they’re little. Yeah.
Hey, guys. Anyone struggling with the good, better, best goals? Anyone unsure on how or when to try and measure their progress against them?
I feel like you’re also so so compliant this session. It makes me a bit nervous that maybe haven’t set goals in a big enough.
So I remember this should feel uncomfortable. Like, it should feel exciting, but it should also feel uncomfortable as you’re reaching for these things because growth Just by definition does require discomfort. And as I mentioned earlier, there will be that tension whether it’s now when you’re actually doing the thing between what you want and what you need to do to get it. I really would love for you at those points in the process to reach out in Slack and say, hey, this is what’s coming up for me.
How do I deal or, like, can you just normalize this? Whatever whatever you need because, you know, you’re in CSP for a reason. I think you’re all ready to do big bold bad ass things in your business, but you’re also human. So I think you’re going to fault it in that journey from time to time as we all do.
So it’s normal, but reach out. I’m here. The other coaches are here, and we’re really just we want you guys to kick huge goals and do amazing things.
Alright. Pep talk over.
Any questions on any of this stuff or anything related to mindset business, copywriting.
Oh, that’s yeah.
Oh, you go.
Have a good one.
No. You don’t. You don’t.
Well, actually it was something Abby and I have discussed before, so I was just curious, Kirsty, what your thoughts were. So as I’m, you know, I So I don’t know if I have told you, but I used to run seasonal sales for over it’s ever been a lot of them, but it was a couple years ago when I was working for a company full time. And as I’m kind of thinking about this launching the package a signature offer of seasonal sale campaigns.
And I’m kind of struggling with the how to launch it, but then also, you know, Abby and I’ve heard Joe say either if you want case studies and stuff, do it for free or make the really high ticket price, you know. And so that’s kind of made me hesitate with putting it in a middle ground price range. So that’s why I said ten k because that’s a little bit bigger. But I don’t know. I’m just curious about your thoughts around any of that with launching this signature offer.
I haven’t had any people keep coming to me for email, which is great. I’m not complaining, but it’s not this. And I’m just kind of sitting there going, okay, practicing is a really important part of the positioning.
Well, do you have any recommendations or thoughts?
Yeah. Sure. I think, I mean, obviously Joe is a genius. I think probably what she says goes.
I think if ten K feels like it is that little bit uncomfortable, I think it’s probably the right price to set it up. I always find that if too comfortable with the price, then I feel like the price is too low. So I think that is the right price. I think it’s sent about how you position that and how you make sure the clients really see the value in that investment.
They see the ROI, and they have the desire for this amazing service.
So in terms of launching, do you have access to your ideal clients, like on an email list or similar, or will you be pitching people directly else he’s gonna go?
So as I’ve come back in about, I kinda let my business go dormant for a while. And the people on my business on my email list before were people who sought me out for, and funnels and all of that kind of stuff. So they were not e commerce and not, well, no, they were a couple e commerce, but, not not an alignment with this offer at all. So I’m basically starting again with a zero audience, so then that’s another thing that comes up on my list of need to build audience with this ideal, you know.
Yeah. So, no. I other than cold or warm pitching that kind of stuff, I don’t have a list with the ideal customer.
Okay. Cool. So, I mean, in that case, because you don’t have ready access to your ideal client, I would probably suggest offering to do one of this service for free or for a very low investment so that you can get the social proof. Because I think if you’re going to be doing outreach and you’re going to be warm pitching to people, it’s just going to increase the likelihood of getting a yes so much if you can say, hey, and I did this with this company in this business, and here are the results they got.
Because if you’re a relatively unknown person to your ideal client, you know, you really, I think, do need the proof and the value of what you do.
So I think and also, obviously, pitching people with the offer of something at a really low price because you’re wanting to use their their project as a case study or even for free, like, that is a much easier yes for a company. So that’s what I would do one hundred percent if I was in your shoes.
Great. Perfect. Thank you so much. My worries.
Abby.
Can I can I ask a follow-up question on behalf of Jesse?
Because Jessica, like, because you do have social proof and, like, you are gonna get that testimonial from Joe. Like, you have testimonials.
Do you really need to do? Like, do really two on free? Cause I know that Jessica, like, one needs the leads now and needs to get these projects in, like, what when when is social proof enough?
Like, does That’s a question.
Right? I don’t have social proof on this particular offer, the way it is. I could reach out to the former client and see how much permission I could get to share what I did for them.
Their marketers I bet Christina knows a couple of them, and I’m not a hundred percent certain they will let me or what. But I didn’t sign anything, but yeah, Yeah.
Does it have to be, like, for your specific offer? Or can it I mean, your offer is comprised of, like, copywriting and strategy, and you have testimonials that demonstrate you do strategy and copywriting very well.
I don’t know. I just don’t want because you said your goal is to booked to seasonal cell campaigns at ten k each, and doing one for free isn’t that gonna, like, slow that down? And I’m not, like, trying to argue with your advice see. I’m just more like because I know I know that Jessica wants, like, pay projects. So I’m just kind of, I don’t know.
I I would worry.
I I don’t know exactly what company is you’re working for. But if I’m thinking of hiring somebody who wants to do something for free, my thinking might go to why are they free? Like, does that mean they’re not worth the value?
Like, that would almost be a red flag in my mind, depend like, coming from more of an established company, Like, I I wanna pay somebody the fair rate, especially if it’s not my money. It’s the company’s money. Like, and I’m just, like, hiring a vendor. Like, For me, that would be a red flag. So, like, maybe they’re maybe they’re bad at what they do. That’s why they’re not charging what they’re worth.
Would agree with that Naomi. I think my red flag would go off as well. If I think when Kirsty said that when I’ve heard Joe say it, the one thought I did have his I do have a couple of contacts in my network who I’ve done work for, not in the seasonal sale capacity.
That I could see if I framed it under the guise of, I’d really love to use this in case studies, my future book, And, so obviously I wanna get you results and I’d like it to be mutually beneficial.
I feel like they might be a little more open and less fewer red flags going off in that, but but it’s also based off the fact that I have a relationship with them. But I see your point because I would say the same exact thing, especially if it were a cold itch or something like that. Yeah.
Katie just put in the chat what about doing it for ten k, adding a guarantee?
I think that’s a good idea. Like, literally, like, our homoze style guarantee, like, all your money back if it doesn’t perform.
Okay. Yeah. That’s a great idea because I think with all these things, what you’re trying to do is remove risk for the person who’s going to say yes to the project. Right?
One way to do that is to say, hey, there’s no risk for you because I’m gonna do it all for free and I’m gonna get e awesome results, but you’re part of the agreement, and I’m gonna hold you to this is that I wanna use this as a case study. So I need that from which I think is different offering to do something for free without you getting anything back. To me, that’s a red flag. If someone’s like, I just wanna offer to do it for free.
I just wanna go to some expertise. It’s like, no, thank you. But if you’re, like, really clear about why, what the exchange is, because you’re still getting something really valuable out of it, But, also, I love this idea of a guarantee, Katie, because that does the same thing effectively. You can say, here’s my rate.
But because it will be the first time I’m doing this precise service, then here’s here’s how we can go about the financial exchange, because I think that also just facilitates that. Yes. And what you really need is someone to say yes to this new offering from you so that you have the proof and you have the confidence to sell this more easily down back and you can get to that two seasonal sale campaigns every month as quick as possible.
In terms of the software, if you do have, I think when you are trying to prove a beta offer, which it sounds like this new service is because you haven’t actually rolled it out yet as, you know, as one complete package.
There are definitely bits of social proof that you can use like Abby’s talking about, so anything that proves your knowledge, your expertise, what you’ll like to work with as a service provider, all of that’s really relevant. Also, anything that proves, that you know your shit when it comes to seasonal sales campaigns. So if you could get something like that from Joe, for example, or from a previous client, anything of that will be helpful.
It’s about how you bring that proof together to build a picture that again removes or reduces risk for the person that you’re putting that service in front of.
Does that help? Wait.
Yeah. It does.
Didn’t you do this in house?
I I did do it in house, but I don’t I don’t know if so not in this offer. When it’s a really different offer, it is very much a different offer.
I did do a seasonal sale, but they were a company where it was like, a lot of last minute or, there’s a lot more components to my seasonal sale campaign than there was back then when I was literally just optimizing a sales page, writing the emails, writing the SMS, writing the ads.
There’s That was kind of the basic skeleton, and I’m I’m adding a lot to that.
I think you’re being too hard on yourself. I think you can talk to all of that work. I think this is I I think you’re being really nitpicky.
No. No. I’m I’m being sarcastic. Yes.
That that’s I’m a former teacher, maybe.
I mean, of course, I’m being nitpicky.
Like, I don’t I don’t really know what you mean by seasonal sales, to be perfectly honest with you because I’m in a very different industry, but like Yeah.
Years doesn’t do them very often.
No. No. But like it sounds like it sounds like you know a lot more about what you’re talking about. But you just don’t realize how much, you know, what you’re doing.
He does.
Thank you.
You can’t you can’t read the label from inside the jar.
Yeah.
I’m loving this guys. I mean, I feel like Abby obviously knows you really well in terms of you guys obviously connect quite a lot you know, outside of the the calls, the group calls that we have. So that’s awesome. And Naomi obviously knows your work as well. So, I mean, maybe what we’re dealing with here is actually just yourself doubt. And not a question of tactical approach.
Well, the good news is I broke down self doubt on the work sheet so we’ve selected correctly today. Hey. Hello.
Like, I’ve worked with people who, like, don’t know how to conjugate verbs properly, and they get promoted.
You know, like, I feel like your standards are just way too high.
Is there a lot of people who work in content and copy who just like don’t really know basic English, and make it by. So, like, you’re probably a lot further a lot than you think you are.
If I can conjugate a verb, we’re gonna set that as the standard from now on. Sounds good.
And Jessica, if you like, like, if you wanna plunk, like, a lot of the social proof that you do have in Slack, like, I would love to workshop that with you into something that could really help support this offer for you. Such a proof is like my my thing for copywriting. So feel free. Ping me. I’ll do it.
Alright. Thank you. I have sales page work to do, so that helps. Thank you.
Awesome.
And, Abby, I know you had a question. We can, if everyone’s happy to stay for two also, if you need to go, go. But if you wanna ask a question, Abby, then we can jump on in and then end things up.
Thank you. Yeah. I just wanted to ask your, be expected as someone who’s run a podcast.
Because part of mine is to, like, are gonna get on better high quality podcasts if you had any just like tips or insights into what you look for when someone sent you a pitch.
Yeah. Sure.
So interestingly, so the podcast that I run with Amy, business about Asuri, we always approach the guests that we wanna come on. We we don’t actually ever say yes to any pictures, but also we don’t get that many from people we know, which I think is the key thing, like, but you’d always random automated ones from people’s PR agencies, which we just delete straight away.
But I think having pitched a lot of podcasts as well, and like, I think when you do picture podcast, the key thing that you need to answer for the person you’re pitching is what does this person have?
For my audience? What do they have to offer my audience? Because their main goal is to get more listeners, get more subscribers, be a podcast that people talk about and share. So if you can give them an insight into how you’re gonna help them hit all their goals for their podcast, you’re more likely to be a yes for the pitch.
So, you know, I think as well, like, if you can avoid the quite templatized format of a typical podcast pitch, like, hi, name. I love your podcast, and they’re like talking about yourself. And then let me know something like that. Obviously, avoid that.
I think the more specific you can be, like, if you do actually listen to their podcasts, like, which episode have you loved? Like, which guest be loved, which conversation have you loved, and why?
Because I think even something like that from the beginning can show that you have to engage with the podcast, you haven’t just searched, you know, top copywriting podcasts, which I have.
Yeah. And one one follow-up question. So because the podcast I want to speak on offer course creators.
And I should I be concerned about stepping on their toes? Because a lot of them have offers evergreen offers or, like, courses to to serve their audience, and it’s they’ll be similar to my offer. So I guess, turn to y’all to start? Is that something that I should be concerned about, like, going in?
Or So I think that’s probably a call that they will each make.
As to whether they’re like, oh, is this person potentially gonna take business away from me, or are they gonna add to the conversation around this idea or this approach?
So I wouldn’t be worried about it if I was you. I think that’s only in their court to make that full.
And you could try, you know, finding that you’re pitching people who you are technically in competition with and you keep getting nose, you could even try mixing up the pitch, and you could even maybe acknowledge, like, hey, I know that you your business is built on a similar offer or something like that. I would love to talk have this conversation with you because, and you could communicate how it’s actually gonna be quite cool to have this conversation from two different perspectives.
Yeah, I love that.
Yeah. So test and refine, I think, is a general rule for everything when it comes to business.
Yep. Okay. Thank you very much. It does helpful.
My pleasure.
Christie, can you just say the question again that you said we should be answering in our podcast pitch?
Like, what does this person So how how is my presence on the podcast going to help this person’s podcast be more successful?
So how’s it gonna help them get more listens? It gonna help me get more subscribes? How’s it gonna help them get more shareable content? So basically, how are you gonna serve the goals that they have for their podcast?
Perfect. Thank you.
Think I said it differently the first time around, but that’s approximate.
Alright, guys. Thank you so much for coming along. Sorry again. The snafu at the start. I don’t know what was happening with my computer. Anyway, almost happens at six AM.
Please keep me posted in Slack, ping me with any questions, any help, anytime you get stuck. I wanna see you keep these big goals. I wanna see you make progress towards them, I wanna see you do the thing, and I wanna just hold your feet to the fire, I guess, over the next over the next few months is these steps unfold.
Alright.
Enjoy the rest of your day.
Bye.